全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文.doc
最新全新版大学英语听说教程第二册听力原文及答案
全新版大学英语听说教程第二册听力原文2-1-AStatement 1:Hello, welcome to "This Week's Sports". The big news this week is the basketball championship. It started on Friday. Los Angeles Lakers beat Philadelphia 76ers, 108 to 96. Lakers won.Statement 2:Utah Jazz played Miami Heat. Jazz lost the game. They lost by just one point. The score was 111 to 110.Statement 3:Detroit Pistons beat Indiana Pacers. The score was 135 to 130. Pistons won.Statement 4:And in the last game Houston Rockets played New York Knicks. Knicks won, 75 to 69. That's it for basketball action. Thank you.2-1-BWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Peter: Hi, Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you known. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment -- sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time -- but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.2-1-CWatching a GameAlan: Going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, but I'll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren't you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn't try. I really don't go to games so often.Alan: But don't you enjoy going? Don't you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh sure, nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. Butsometimes it's just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant ...Alan: ... you've basically created your own crowd.Betty: That's right. Another reason why I like to watch sports on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you're sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand, and far from the field.Alan: It's like you're watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you I'm starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!2-2-A1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Light winds. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.Looking at the outlook for the next few days, it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three minutes from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.2-2-BDid You Hear the Weather Forecast?Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine -- but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off...Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.2-2-CA ThunderstormLili: Look, Betty, the sky has turned completely black!Betty: Oh, wow. A big thunderstorm is coming. But I guess it won't last long.Lili: Yeah, maybe for about twenty minutes or so it's going to seem like it's the end of the world. And then the sun will come out again.Betty: I like storms like this. Summer is dramatic. What do you think, Lili?Lili: Yes, these storms do come quite suddenly in the summer. I often seem to get caught without an umbrella.Betty: But it's not so terribly getting caught in the rain occasionally in the summer. Now if you got all wet during a cold, dreary winter day -- that really would be horrible.Lili: True. Ah, it's starting to rain now. Here it comes. Yes, it's starting to pour.Betty: Here comes the lightning and thunder too.Lili: At least it's supposed to clear up later this afternoon, and to be fine this evening.Betty: That's good, because I'm going to meet some friends tonight.Lili: Well, most likely you will have a very pleasant evening, because this storm should take some of the humidity from the air.Betty: Yes, I must admit that these Chinese summers are very humid.Lili: More humid than in the US?Betty: Well, I can't speak about the whole country. But as far as New York goes, I'd say that the weather here in Shanghai tends to be hotter and more humid.Lili: But I think our winters are milder.Betty: Yes, I'm sure they are. We probably also get more snow in New York than you do here.2-3-A1.M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times. Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.Q: Does the woman enjoy the food in that restaurant?2.W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.Q: Is the man satisfied with the restaurant's service?3.W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?Q: Do the children like the cake?4.W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.Q: Does the man like chicken best?5.M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's the first time, but it's really to my taste.Q: Does the woman like the wine?6.M: John, do you want a soda?W: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.Q: Does John want a soda?7.W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.Q: Does the man like the fish?8.M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening.Q: Will Sue eat out with the man tonight?2-3-BWhat about Dining Out?Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask... Do you have any plans for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.2-3-CEating OutA: Well, here we are -- not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I went out for pizza at lunch and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night too, but we had fast food at McDonald's, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have the chicken salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great, too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine. you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.2-4-ADialogue 1:M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers?Dialogue 2:W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers?2-4-BGoing to See the DoctorD: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months -- it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medication for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.2-4-CEating ApplesYou probably know a famous saying about the importance of eating apples. It is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away.Now, a new American study shows eating apples may help fight cancer, too. Research scientists at Cornell University in New York say a combination of chemicals found in apples is important for good health. The study shows that the combination of chemicals plays an important part in anti-cancer activity.The scientists say the chemicals are in both the skin and the flesh of apples. Results of the study were reported in the publication Nature. The Cornell researchers studied the chemicals, or extracts, taken from the skin and flesh of red apples grown in New York State. They studied the effectiveness of the apple extracts in fighting cancer.The researchers treated colon (结肠) cancer cells with fifty milligrams of apple extract (苹果汁). Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of cancer cells by forty-three percent. Extracts from the fruit's flesh reduced the growth of cancer cells by twenty-nine percent.The researchers also treated human liver (肝) cancer cells with apple extract. Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of those cells by fifty-seven percent. Extracts from the fleshy part of the apple reduced the cancer cells by forty percent.Lead researcher Liu Ruihai said scientists have long known that apples are good for human health. He says some scientists are interested in testing single vitamins or other substances to see if they alone fight disease. He says his study shows no single substance works alone to reduce cancer. Instead, the combination of chemicals in apples is effective and eating fruit and vegetables is better than taking extra vitamin pills.2-5-A1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and offices. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Beatles, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.2-5-BBackground MusicBackground music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music.To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third.But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving -- unless, of course, the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.2-5-CCeline DionCeline Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France.In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No. 1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremonies of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997, she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".2-6-AIdentifying the Major Event in a ConversationW: Here we are, Mr. Wang. This is a newly-built building.M: What a fine building! How many floors are there?W: Forty. Our company has offices on four floors in the building.M: Yours is really a big company.W: Yes, it is. The sales office is on the first floor. The marketing and accounting offices are on the second floor. And we have many other departments: personnel. research, etc. They are all on the 8th floor.M: Where's the manager's office?W: It's on the 9th floor.Passage:Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to our company. Our company was established in 1999. It is a joint-venture company specializing in sportswear. Most of our products are for young students; some are for adults. All our products sell well both at home and abroad. In recent years, we have expanded our markets from China to Southeast Asia, East Africa, North America, and South America.2-6-BWho Is to Be Promoted?(The Personnel Department is having a meeting. Joan Black is the chairperson of the meeting. ) Joan: I think John Jeffrey's already been with the company for 20 years. Surely he's not still expecting promotion. Do you agree, Peter?Peter: Well. in my opinion, John's always shown great loyalty to the company. It's time this was rewarded. What do you think, Clive?Clive: It's not just a question of loyalty. Would he be any good at the job? He would need to manage a small team -- he's got no experience of that yet.Peter: He never will have any experience unless we give him a chance!Joan: We can't afford to be sentimental. I don't think he's the man for the job. He's always been a follower, not a leader. Let's move on to the other candidates. Rita Hayden has already shown great personnel management skill, I feel, even if she's ...Peter: Oh, come on, Joan! Rita's still learning her trade! We can't afford to take a risk with someone so inexperienced.Clive: I agree with Peter. I favor Susan Palmer. She's got a lot of experience. She's already worked in the department on other occasions so she knows the ropes and she's ...Joan: But Susan's always struck me as a bit cautious. We need someone dynamic for this job. Peter: I'd agree with Clive. I think Susan Palmer would do a good job. Maybe she's a bit cautious but she's solid, reliable... We need those qualities too.Joan: Well, if you're both so sure, I suppose I'll have to agree. Still, we'll wait a week before confirming it just in case any other applicants put their names forward.2-6-CA Good SalesmanMr Stevenson was the owner of a general appliance store. He had seen many newly-weds coming into his store to shop for their first refrigerator, washer and dryer, and air-conditioner. Pen and pencil in hand, they would ask him a lot of questions about price, features and after-sale services, but they would usually walk away at the end of their inquiry.The other day a young couple came into his store. They asked him all the usual questions and he answered all of them patiently. But when he suggested an order at the end, they replied firmly, "We'll have to look around places first."Although feeling a bit disappointed, Mr Stevenson did not show it. Instead, he smiled, moved closer and said, "I know you will go to Discount Dan to look at the price tags. That's perfectly understandable. I do the same. In fact, they sell the same stuff as we do. But if you buy things there, there is something you will not get. And that is me. I come with everything I sell. I've been in the business for thirty years and in a few years' time I'm going to give my store to my daughter and son-in-law. I hope they will carry on the family business. I stand behind everything I sell and Iwill make sure that you will never regret buying things from me."After this short speech Mr Stevenson offered the young couple some ice cream to thank them for their interest.Impressed by his honesty and sincerity, the young couple decided to place an order.2-7-A DialogueM: Excuse me, do you have a T-shirt of this kind in a larger size?W: What size do you want?M: Medium.W: Pardon?M: I want a medium.W: Here's a medium in black. Do you like it?M: Well, I like the picture on the front, but I'd prefer a white one with a slogan on the front.W: Here's a white one in medium. And it's 100% cotton.M: Perfect. I'll take it.2-7-BFashion -- Image or Reality?Why do people spend so much money on fashion? Do they want to create an image or make sure they are not old-fashioned? Do people really judge each other by the clothes they wear? The billion-dollar fashion industry certainly tries to convince consumers that such judgements are made.Unfortunately, they may be right. A recent study using elementary school students was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Klein designer jeans were more handsome and successful than those wearing Wranglers. Levi-wearers were seen as sporty, fashionable and fun! Obviously we learn early that "Clothes make the man." In other words, clothes show age, outlook, status and income. However, clothes that look great on professional models may look terrible on the average buyer.Although beautiful clothes don't help physically, they are important for social and psychological effects. Expensive clothes can make the wearer feel like part of the high status group that sets taste and style. So you are buying an image of success. You may really live a routine life, waking up in the morning feeling dull and ordinary. But when you dress in these expensive clothes, your mood brightens. You feel good, ready to face another day with energy. Sound crazy? People who love clothes say it's true.Of course, a lot of people don't like high fashion. They'd rather spend their money on something practical. Which would you prefer -- the image or the reality?2-7-CPlatform ShoesIf you have been thinking that platform shoes are the newest fashion trend on the planet, then it is about time you found out something about these height boosters. Not only were they wildly popular during the noisy disco days of the 1970's, but they were also all the rage during the late 1400's to 1600's.The platform shoes that were the sign of high fashion in the 1600's were more practical than today's style symbols. They were worn over delicate shoes to protect them from getting dirty when walking in muddy or dusty streets.After going out of fashion in the 1600's, platforms returned to the style scene in the 1930's when designers such as Salvatore Ferragamo began breaking the rules of fashion. They re-emerged again towards the end of the 1960's and by 1975 were so common that men were also trying to balance on their massive heels.No matter how fashionable platforms are, they also have a reputation for creating problems. It is very easy to twist your ankle while wearing platforms and the damage this can do to your foot can be serious. In Japan, they have also brought about traffic problems as women wearing them while driving have been unable to brake quickly enough and as a result caused accidents!2-8-ANowadays, dieting is a popular practice in many countries. However, of the nearly 50 American adults currently dieting, only less than 10% will be able to maintain their weight loss for at least a year. Researchers in the Framingham Heart Study pointed out that losing and gaining weight again might be harmful to your heart. Over a 14-year period, they analyzed the weight changes and health of 3,130 people. They found that those adults whose weight shifted the most had about a 50% increased risk of developing heart disease than those whose weight remained more stable. For now the researchers are not sure how weight changes are linked to health problems, but they think that people who diet frequently may prefer high-fat foods. Losing and regaining weight may also cause an unhealthy distribution of body weight. Dieters may lose pounds from their legs only to regain weight in an area such as their stomach, which increases the risk of developing heart disease.2-8-BLottery WinnersDo you dream of winning the lottery? So have millions of other people. Every day, millions of Americans buy lottery tickets. They are hoping to win $100,000, $1,000,000 or more. What happens after you win the lottery?When you win a million dollars, you don't receive a check for the total amount. You receive $50, 000 a year for twenty years. Also, you must pay taxes. After taxes, you receive from $25,000 to $40,000 a year for twenty years. This is a lot of extra spending money.What have some people done with their money? Let's look at three past winners.Lisa K wanted to be an artist, but she didn't have enough money to go to art school. She was working at a job she didn't enjoy. In August, Lisa bought one ticket and won two million dollars. She quit her job three weeks later and is now attending art school.Mark L was a car salesman. He worked seven days a week and had little time for family life. After he won the lottery, he quit working. Now he spends his time bowling, working in the garden, and fixing things in his house. But, he's bored. He doesn't want to sell cars again, but he isn't sure what he wants to do with his life.Jack B is one of the small number of winners who did not quit his job. Jack still teaches at a school near his home. But now he and his wife take their children on an interesting vacation every year. And they don't worry about sending their children to college. They say that money brings security and gives a person opportunities, but it doesn't bring happiness.2-8-CAn Abandoned Newborn BabyA healthy newborn girl was discovered in Central Park yesterday morning. The baby was abandoned on the top of a rock shortly before dawn after the mother gave birth to her there.。
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The a bility to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pract ice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularl y the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You 're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters ta ll and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1 999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th c entury. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA s eason to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, h e once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can' t always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main re ason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always avery important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, b ut it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mo stly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation? Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a t icket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to w ork out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But aft er work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this week end? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B : Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and c hoose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What a bout you? M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from b eing my kind of sport. Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What abo ut you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have faile d to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf ga mes.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we ha ve to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many w ays for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such thing s as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context t hat he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew pas sed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, i ntonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For e xample, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between t wo speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the follow ing questions. 1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant oppo site the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for ou r meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Soda? I think it tastes like me dicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you lik e to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me thi s evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter : Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And yo u?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have wePeter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why? Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to di nner this weekend? Kate: That would be great. Do you have any parti cular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy . I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time . They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, an d you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet o n Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Every body is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: Tha t's great. (At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, p lease. B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B ) Do you want any soup? B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandw ich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No i ce, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Customer: For he re. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right .Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That soun ds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian foo d needs red wine, you know. B: But we have to go back to work. A : OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where doesthe conversation take place? 3. What will they order? Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often fi nd it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. G enerally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weathe r report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so o n, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain . A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius , 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours f rom around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure. [ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting t o get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sun shine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine —but not too much! Do you remember last yearMichelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activi ties. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off. Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in t he sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know ab out Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I real ly like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says th e good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and t he sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way.I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Any how, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?A: All right. Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert . B: Yes, especially in July and August. A: Well, what did the wea therman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no ! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather. Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and c hoose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, a ccompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next w eek?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have w e? W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the wh ole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from theconversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What can we learn from the conversation5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases l ike "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that cont rasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are abou t to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarl y, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is g oing to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or disc uss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is g oing to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal w ord(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaura nts. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its repre sentative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finallyI will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerfu l effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soo n it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming diffic ult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To be gin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothingatmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An Americ an marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slo w down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well adv ised to play faster music to keep the customers moving —unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in s hops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's y our favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and sp ectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it already . It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exci ting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions abo ve where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encourag ed her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed th e song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was tha t of ReneAngelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has be en steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at fir st less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was select ed by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Acade my award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successf ul film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and , of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On". Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversa tion is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although someti mes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find i t out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimate ly the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation ( at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you bee n sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terr ible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't yo u tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I' m aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers? [ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest prob lem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months —it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can 't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Hav e you been experiencing any other symptoms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do yo u get much exercise? P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indi gestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise prog ram.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exerc ise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible. D: Yours seems。
视听说教程第二版听力全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文
视听说教程第二版听力全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文导读:就爱阅读网友为您分享以下“全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文”资讯,希望对您有所帮助,感谢您对的支持!Unit OnePart A1. 172. 19633. 1.984. 2165. 19846. 19867. 30418. third9. 198710. 1988 11. four 12. ten 13. 1998 14. six 15. 1990s 16. 45 17. sixth18. 1998 19. 1999 20. five 21. 1999 22. 2001 Part BExercise 11. d2. bExercise 21. Because she wants to enjoy good health. She also wants to stay in shape and look good2. Both Peter and Laura like cycling and swimming. Laura also plays tennis regularlyPart C.1. d2. c3. d4. c5. bUnit TwoPart A.1. Yes2. No3. Yes4. No5. Yes6. No7. No8. NoPart BExercise 1.1. for a while2. plans, this Saturday3. have dinner, weekend4. Italian, too much food5. Chinese, Japanese Exercise 21. It uses natural flavors, not much oil or cream or heavy sauces1. They will have dinner on Saturday at either a Chinese ora Japanese restaurantPart C1. b2. c3. dUnit ThreePart A1. a. Fine and pleasant b. 18℃(64℉) c. cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west2. a. It started around 8 p.m and lasted for about three hoursb. It caused foru deaths and serious damage including a widespread power failurePart BExercise 11. b2. a3. dExercise 21. They went to the department picnic but their fun was spoiled by the hot weather1. Because he thinks it’ll only be a short shower that cools things off a littlePart C1. a2.b3. c4. d5. bUnit FourPart A.1. However; a2. Because; d3. Firtly; then, finally; c4. In short; bPart B.Exercise 12 4 5 10 12 13 16 17Exercise 21. b2. d3. c4. aPart C1. enrouraged2. talent3. composed4. conquest5. steady6. enthusiastic7. investing8. her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast9. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olymic Games10. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as “Love Can Move Mountains”, “Because You Loved Me”, “The Power of Love”Unit 5Part A1. c2. dPart BExercise 11. d2. d3. c4. dExercise 21. She has suffered from insomnia for several months and lately has had a lot of indigestion1. He gave the patient some medicine for insomnia and indigestion. He also advised the patient to have a proper diet and begin a regular exercise programPart C1. d2. b3. b4. a5. dUnit 6Part A1. They are probably business partners1. One is showing the other the buidling where her company has offices1. 2nd 8th 9th 1stintroduction history business marketsPart BExercise 11. They are discussing which candidate is more suitable fora vacant position in the company1. Leader of a group1. Being dynamic1. Because he has no experience in leadership1. Because he hasalways been a follower, not a leaderExercise 2Loyal, twenty No experience Peter personnel management experience Joan Peter and CliveExperienced, solid reliable caustious, dynamic Peter and ClivePart C1. c2. c3. a4. d5. cUnit 7Part Aa medium-sized white T-shirt, a slogan on the front, a shop assistant in getting what he wantsPart BExercise 11. b2. c3. dExercise 21. interesting, handsome, successful, sporty, fashionable, fun1. great, terrible1. the high status group, taste and style, image1. brightens, good, face another day, energy1. high fashion, practical, the image, the realityPart C1. significant 2 relatively 3. concentrate 4. iberal 5. editor 6. ready-to-wear 7. expand8. Vera Wang herself is a very good skater and she had Olympic dreams too9. However, her love for the sport never ceased10. I don’t know if designing costumes for Nancy has been good in terms of actual sales, but it has been tremendous for name recognitionUnit 8Part A1. Learn to like yourself1. Self-esteem grows out of achieving realistic goals1. T ake occasional days of rest1. Exercise1. Get enoug sleep to feel rested1. Build close relationshipsPart BExercise 11. b2. d3. d4. b5. c6.dExercise 2millions, dream of swimming, one million, receive, $25000 to $40000, twenty, taxes, differentpursue their own interests, home, travel, their children’s college education Mosta small number stay on their jobs security opportunities happinessPart C1. c2. b3. d4. dUnit 9Part A1. b2. c3. dPart BExercise 11. c2. b3. aExercise 21. His belief that one day he would become a movie star 1. Parking cars for one of Hollywood’s big restaurant1. No, his pay was only basic. But he got generous tips from guests driving into the restaurant1. Larry parked the car of a famous film director and was able to introduce himself to the man1. a. Many big film companies are interested in meb. Many big companies are pressing me to pay their bills Part C1. b2. d3. b4.aUnit 10Part A1. 1. earthquake2. three days ago3. Turkey4. 100005. 340002. 1. explosion 2. early this morning3. 1084. 385. 11Part BExercise 11. Three months ago2. In the middle of a jungle3. A terrible storm4. All on board the plane except the narrator5. One (the narrator)Exercise 21. It rolled and shook in the wind1. No. It arrived nine days later because it was raining heavily and the helicopt ers couldn’t fly in the heavy rain. T o make the matter worse, the plane crashed in a swamp in the middle of a jungle.1. Yes. She was in terrible pain and couldn’t move1. By drinking dirty floodwaterPart C1.c2. d3. a4. bUnit 11Part A1. Neutral2. Positive3. Positive, respectfulPart BExercise 11. a2. b3. d4. c5. aExercise 21. stockbroker2. retailing3. March 6, 19264. New York5. music school6. economics7. Commerce8. master’s degree9. PhD10. Industrial 11. economic consulting 12. Federal GovernmentPart C1. Microsoft2. farewell3. software4. toughest5. legal6. long-term7. impactful 8. which is that the day-to-day work is fun and enjoyable9. So it’s a spec ial group of people who put so much into it10. There won’t be a day of my life that I’m not thinking about Microsoft, and the great things that it’s doing, and wanting to help.Unit 12Part A1. computer labs for the schools, poor rural1. cooperating, India, software professionals1. computer virus, attackPart BExercise 11. b2. b3. d4. b5. c6. aExercise 21. an ambulance crew1. had trouble breathing and moving1. the rescuers came to her help1 surfing the Net for fun3 the international, put a call through to the student’s countryPart C1. c2. b3. b4. aUnit 13Part A1 f2 e 3. dPart BExercise 11. a2. c3. d4. a5. bExercise 258, unemployed, tire, suitcase, dropped, scene, picked up Next, TV, winner, return, keep prize conscience, return the money to its owner radio hundreds trickInto cash, 60 handed over expectation tears Part C1. b2. d3. b4. dUnit 14Part A1893 kindergarten teachers studentsTitle Good children to greet their teacher1924 book of music added writer unknown 1930s appeared movies radio shows permission Won the copy right Happy Birthday to You different lyricsPublicly gets paidPart BExercise 11. parking space, grocery cart, in line1. Phone-In Drive-through Market1. drive-through convenience, banks, fast food, catalog shopping1. save time1. goods, ordered, good quality $1.5 each other Exercise 2in the item numbers of the goods you ordermakes a print-out of your listthe goods on your list in a warehousedrive up to the market, and punch your code into a terminalwrite a checkPart C1. b2. c3. c4. dT est OnePart A1. b2. c3. b4. c.5. b6. c7. a.8. b Part B9. d 10. b 11. d 12. c 13. c 14. b 15. dPart C16. stocks 17. exhibition 18. techniques 19.activities 20. research21. modem 22 software23. Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds24. What’s reallyextraordinary about the Internet is the aount and variety of information available25. Services are also available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day giftPart D26. c 27. d 28. c 29. c 30. c 31. a 32. d 33.b 34.c 35. aT est TwoPart A.1. d2. c3. d4. c5. d6. b7. c8. a Part B9. d 10. d 11. a 12. b 13. c 14. b 15. cPart C16. forecast 17. unusual 18. Fortunately 19. extreme 20. rarely 21. global。
全新版大学英语听说教程test2听力原文
大学英语(第二版)听说教程听力原文Test 1Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1.M: You like music, don’t you, SallyW: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music.I can’t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean2.W: I think I’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’t you wear the blue one I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean3.W: How do you like the pie you’ve hadM: Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q: What does the man mean4.W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’t walk any further.M: How about getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by theparking lotQ: Where are the two speakers5.W: Nice day, isn’t it Want to join us for a swimM: Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get preparedQ: What does the woman mean6.W: Hi, Tony. Haven’t seen you for some time. How have you beenM: I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony7.W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor WangM: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean8.W: I’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold was going away.But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Why didn’t you make an appointment with the doctor earlierQ: What does the man meanPart BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, BettyBetty: No, Alan. But I’ll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren’t you able to get any ticketsBetty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowdBetty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just too inconvenient getting into and out of thestadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant…Alan: …you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That’s right. Another reason why I like to watch games on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field. Alan: It’s like you’re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What do you know about the two speakers10.What are the two speakers talking about11.Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV12.What can you learn from the conversationConversation 2W: OK, everyone. Please be quiet. Today we’re so pleased to have Tom Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safety tips with us. OK, Tom, they’re all yours. Tom: Thanks. Good morning everyone! I’m Tom Johnson, and I’m a firefighter at Station 11.Well, we live in California. As we know there are a lot of earthquakes here. Many are small. But, if there’s a strong earthquake, what should we do Does anyone know Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table.Tom: That’s right. What elseBoy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break. Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then What should you doBoy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why notBoy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water after an earthquake. But it’s not safe. It’s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve heard.13.What is the speaker talking about14.Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’s a strong earthquake15.What are the students advised to do after an earthquakePart CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museum in Paris. Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latest classroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors in African can get up-to-the-second information on medical research around the world.All you need is a basic computer, a modem and the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’re online and you don’t have to wait long for information. Deliverytime for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds. But is it expensive?Not really – a typical online monthly charge fee in the US can be as low as$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying in Korea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates, get advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams’performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In some countries video games are fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. These video games are causing children to waste their money on them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place in licensed amusement centers, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between $250 and $1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into these centers. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them are schoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Some play for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of their homes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that must be asked is: Have they any education value?Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July 1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretary to a London lawyer. At the same time she became interested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to make a career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that women could be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all by herself and to break the previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amy set off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing much hardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flight of 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. In later years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amy joined other professional pilots to serve her country. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft from factories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end to the life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shopping customs the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OK to bargain can save you a lot of money and make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargaining guide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a game of skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather, business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lower rate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the food markets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back home with them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1.M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoonW: I’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q: What will the woman do2.M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gave inCarnegie Hall!W: I felt the same way.Q: How did the woman think of the performance3.M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, BillW: A warm day Haven’t you listened to the weather forecastQ: What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow4.M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we’d go to the school canteen.W: Well, food isn’t everything, is it It’s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean5.M: Would you like to try some banana pie It’s very good.W: I’m sorry but I don’t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean6.M: I can’t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand name clothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much money on it.W: You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q: On what do the two speakers agree7.M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thanking youfor inviting me here.W: It’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup firstQ: Where does the conversation take place8.M: You know I’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it very useful once you understand how it works. I can guarantee you that.Q: What can you learn from the conversationPart BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1W: Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M: Thank you.W: How are you Are you still feeling very tired all the timeM: Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to doW: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking. Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. And lastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I doW: Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That’s another thing. You mustn’t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see our lifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exercise program for you. And don’t worry. That’s the last thing you should do. I’ll see you again next month.M: OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W: Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What cause the man’s problem according to the doctor10.Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do11.What do you know about the manConversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like musicW: Yes, very much, especially classical music.M: Do you like rock musicW: No, it’s too noisy. What about youM: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last nightM: No, I didn’t. What was onW: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really He’s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At least I suppose so. He’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20 million records. What did he say in the TV interviewW: He didn’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him. Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. The interview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’t he know rock stars need the public They earn money from the public. So why shouldn’t the public criticize them They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans. W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12.What do you know about the woman13.Why are rock stars famous according to the man14.What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview15.Which of the following is true of the manPart CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast. It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions, it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃in summer, or falls below—10℃in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they are starting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in the Scottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoy discussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britain has a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with the progress in scientific research. Recently the term "health" has come to have a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means just the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mind and your relationship with other people. This new concept of health is closely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is the degree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of disease to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life One reason for this has to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer, healthier lives. Imagine for a moment that you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age of 47. In contrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live to the age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advanced countries will have established space cities by then. OnEarth, in my opinion, most people will be communicating in English “online” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways. First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewer children and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities. In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most of the environmental and transportation problems of today’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lot healthier. If I’m lucky, maybe I’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places in the world have earthquakes regularly. Some places, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently. Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one that hit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America was in 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In 1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed 142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods, tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably do not worry us as much as earthquakes, especially in modern times. The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday we may be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise. People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lost in earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.。
全新版大学英语听说教程2test1-2听力原文[借鉴]
大学英语(第二版)听说教程听力原文Test 1Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations betweentwo speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, aquestion will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1.M: You like music, don’t you, SallyW: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music. I can’t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean2.W: I think I’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’t you wear the blue one I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean3.W: How do you like the pie you’ve hadM: Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q: What does the man mean4.W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’t walk any further.M: How a bout getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by the parking lotQ: Where are the two speakers5.W: Nice day, isn’t it Want to join us for a swimM: Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get preparedQ: What does the woman mean6.W: Hi, Tony. Haven’t seen you for some t ime. How h ave you beenM: I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony7.W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor WangM: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean8.W: I’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thoughtmy cold was going away. But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Why didn’t you make an appointment with the doctor earlierQ: What does the man meanPart BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once.Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.(7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, BettyBetty: No, Alan. But I’ll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren’t you able to get any ticketsBetty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowdBetty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a baror restaurant…Alan: …you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That’s right. Another reason why I like to watch games on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the actionon TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field.Alan: It’s like you’re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What do you know about the two speakers10. What are the two speakers talking about11. Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV12. What can you learn from the conversationConversation 2W: OK, everyone. Please be quiet. Today we’re so pleased to have Tom J ohnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some s afety tips with us. OK, Tom, they’re all yours.Tom: Thanks. Good morning everyone! I’m Tom Johnson, and I’ma firefighter at Station 11. Well, we live in California. As we knowthere are a lot of earthquakes here. Many a re small. But, if there’sa strong earthquake, what should we do Does anyone knowGirl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table.Tom: That’s right. What elseBoy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break.Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then What should you doBoy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why notBoy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water after an earthquake. But it’s not safe. It’s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve heard.13. What is the speaker talking about14. Which of the following are the students advised to do ifthere’s a strong earthquake15. What are the students advised to do after an earthquakePart CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common Theanswer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocksin Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museum in Paris. Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latestclassroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors inAfrican can get up-to-the-second information on medical research aroundthe world.All you need is a basic computer, a modem and the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’re online and you don’t have to wait long for information. Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds. But is it expensiveNot really –a typical online monthly charge fee in the US can be as low as$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount andvariety of information available. You can find out about kite flying inKorea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway.You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates, get advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams’performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking,reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In some c ountries video games a re fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who a re under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. Thesevideo games a re causing children to waste their money o n them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place inlicensed amusement centers, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between $250 and $1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into thesecenters. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them areschoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Some p lay for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of theirhomes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that mustbe asked is: Have they any education valuePassage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when s he went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretary to a London lawyer. At the same t ime she became i nterested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to make a career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that womencould be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all byherself and to break the previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amy set off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make a n emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing muchhardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flightof 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. Inlater years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amy j oined other professional pilots to serve her country. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft fromfactories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end tothe life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few t ourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shoppingcustoms the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when i t is OK t o bargain can save you a lot of money a nd make y our shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some c ountries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargainingguide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a game o f skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather,business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lowerrate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the foodmarkets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back home w ith them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations betweentwo speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, aquestion will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1.M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoonW: I’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q: What will the woman do2.M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gave inCarnegie Hall!W: I felt the same way.Q: How did the woman think of the performance3.M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, BillW: A warm day Haven’t you listened to the weather forecastQ: What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow4.M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we’dgo to the school canteen.W: Well, food isn’t everything, is it It’s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean5.M: Would you like to try some banana pie It’s very good.W: I’m sorry but I don’t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean6.M: I can’t figure out why those youngsters are so eager togo afterbrand name clothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much money on it.W: You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q: On what do the two speakers agree7.M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thankingyoufor inviting me here.W: It’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup firstQ: Where does the conversation take place8.M: You know I’m m ajoring in business and I really need to takeacourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it very useful once you understand how it works. I can guarantee you that.Q: What can you learn from the conversationPart BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once.Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.(7 points)Conversation 1W: Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M: Thank you.W: How are you Are you still feeling very tired all the timeM: Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to doW: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking. Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reducethe amount of fat that you eat. And lastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I doW: Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That’s another thing. You mustn’t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make a n appointment to see our lifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exerciseprogram for you. And don’t worry. That’s the last thing you shoulddo. I’ll see you again next month.M: OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W: Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What cause the man’s problem according to the doctor10. Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do11. What do you know about the manConversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like musicW: Yes, very much, especially classical music.M: Do you like rock musicW: No, it’s too noisy. What about youM: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to theirconcerts.W: I don’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last nightM: No, I didn’t. What was onW: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really He’s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous.At least I suppose so. He’s given concerts in 12 countries and soldover 20 million records. What did he say in the TV interviewW: He didn’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fansimitate him. Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. The interview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m s o disappointed. Doesn’t he know rock stars need the public They earn money from the public. So whyshouldn’t the public criticize them They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans.W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12. What do you know about the woman13. Why are rock stars famous according to the man14. What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview15. Which of the following is true of the manPart CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast.It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions,it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃in summer, or falls below—10℃ in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they arestarting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls inthe Scottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoydiscussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time.There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but themonths from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain,Britain has a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with theprogress in scientific research. Recently the term "health" has come tohave a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means j ust the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mindand your relationship with other people. This new concept of health isclosely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is thedegree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of disease to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life One reason for thishas to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now e xpect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer,healthier lives. Imagine for a moment t hat you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age of 47. Incontrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live tothe age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advancedcountries will have established space cities by then. On Earth, in myopinion, most people will be communicating in English “online” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways.First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewerchildren and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities.In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most ofthe environmental and transportation problems of today’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lothealthier. If I’m lucky, maybe I’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world thereare some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places in the world have earthquakes regularly. Some places, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently. Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one that hit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America was in1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In 1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed 142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we f ear. Floods, tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably donot worry us as much a s earthquakes, especially in modern t imes. The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday wemay be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise.People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lost inearthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.。
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 4
Unit 4 Today’s TrendsListening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-4-1A: Graph A shows that many married women go out and work today.B: Yes, that’s true. Only 15 percent of them now stay at home.A: Graph D shows that only one-third of children aged 3 to 5 are taken care of at home. It’s unbelievable.B: It’s not uncommon. In today’s society, most mothers and fathers mare busy with work. They have no choice.Audio Track 2-4-2/Audio Track 2-4-3Interview 1Interviewer: So, tell us a little about yourselves.Dan: Well, I’m Dan Preston.Courtney: And I’m Courtney Preston. We live in Phoenix, Arizona.Interviewer: OK, great. Do you have any children? Courtney: Yes, we have a baby. He’s thirteen months old.Interviewer: How nice. … Courtney, you must be busy!Courtne y: It’s not so bad. I’m a manager at a bank. Dan stays at home with the baby. Interviewer: Really?Dan: Yep. I’m a “househusband.” I take care of the kid while Courtney works.Interviewer: That’s unusual!Dan: Well, it’s a growing trend. There are more and more househusbands every year. Interviewer: How interesting!Interview 2Interviewer: Where are you from?Jamal: We live in Toronto, Canada.Interviewer: How big is your family?Jamal: Well, there are four of us. I’m Jamal, my wife is Tia, and we have two girls. Interviewer: Who takes care of them?Tia: We both do. We both stay at home with the girls.Interviewer: Well, who works then?Jamal & Tia: We both do!Interviewer: What do you mean? I don’t understand.Jamal: We’re both writers. We work at home during the day.Interviewer: Oh, I see.Tia: We’re always here when the girls come home from school at 2:30.Interviewer: That’s great.Audio Track 2-4-4/Audio Track 2-4-5Interviewer (Int): Hi. What’s your name?Gio: Gio.Int: Hi, Gio. Where are you from?Gio: Milan, Italy.Int: Welcome to New York, then!Gio: Thank you.Int: Where are your clothes from?Gio: My brother. I’m always borrowing clothes.Int: How would you describe your style?Gio: Casual, I guess. I’m not very innovative. I just wear the same thing all the time. Int.: Good evening. What’s your name?Vicki: Vicki.Int.: You look beautiful.Vicki: Thank you.Int: That dress is very stylish.Vicki: My mother gave it to me. It was tailor-made!Int.: Wonderful. Where are you from, Vicki?Vicki: I’m f rom Hong Kong.Int.: How would you describe your personal sense of style?Vicki: Classic, I suppose. I like to dress up.Int: Hi, there.Elena: Hi!Int: Who are you?Elena: I’m Elena.Int: And where are you from?Elena: I’m from right here in New York.Int: A hometown girl. And your clothes are from …?Elena: A store in my neighborhood. There was a sale.Int.: Great! How would you describe your personal style?Elena: Retro. It’s fashionable now.Int: It looks old-fashioned … in a good way, of course.Audio Track 2-4-6/Audio Track 2-4-71.A: I’m new in town and I’d like to make some friends. What should I do?B: You ought to join a sports club.A: But I don’t like sports.B: You could look for friends on the Internet.2.A: I don’t know what to wear to the party tonight. What should I wear?B: You could wear your new jeans or your black pants.A: It’s a formal dress party.B: Oh, then you shouldn’t wear pants after all. You definitely ought to wear a dress.3.A: I still don’t understand this grammar. What should I do?B: You had better get some help or you will fail the test. It’s on Thursday.A: Maybe I could take the test on Friday. That would give me extra time.B: Well, you had better not delay. There’s not much time!Audio Track 2-4-81. I’m a salesclerk in a woman’s clothing store. My boss is great, but she has a very strict dress code. We have to wear long skirts, black shoes, no jewelry, and on and on. It’s really boring, so I’m planning to dye my hair red. What do you think? — Lana2. I love my gi rlfriend, but she complains a lot about my clothes. She doesn’t want to go anywhere with me because I always wear old jeans and a T-shirt. I don’t care about looking like a fashion magazine. I just want to be comfortable! What’s your advice? — DaveAudio Track 2-4-91. I’m a salesclerk in a woman’s clothing store. My boss is great, but she has a very strict dress code. We have to wear long skirts, black shoes, no jewelry, and on and on. It’s really boring, so I’m planning to dye my hair red. What do you think? — Lana2. I love my girlfriend, but she complains a lot about my clothes. She doesn’t want to go anywhere with me because I always wear old jeans and a T-shirt. I don’t care about looking like a fashion magazine. I just want to be comfortable! What’s your advice? — DaveExpert’s opinion: I think you ought to have a serious talk with your girlfriend and explain how you feel. We all have our own style and taste. In my opinion, she thinks too much about appearances.Audio Track 2-4-10/Audio Track 2-4-11Today I started my new part-time job as a trendspotter. I was nervous and didn’t know what to expect. Well, guess what? It was a lot of fun! I’m telling all my friends, “You should think about becoming a trendspotter, too!” On Saturday morning, we had to report to a recording studio by 10 a.m. The “Trends Coordinator,” Mandy, explained the schedule. Then she gave us a tour. That was really cool!Next we sat around a big table in a room. They gave each person three cards. One card said “Yes — All the way!” Another said, “It’s OK.” The third one said, “No way!” We listened to about 10 different songs. After each song we had to hold up a card. They played some hip hop, rock, heavy metal, and dance music. The heavy metal was “No way” for me!Do you know the rock group called “Gifted”? They’re really popular right now. Well, they have a new CD coming out. We saw six different CD covers. I guess they are trying to choose one. This time, we didn’t have any cards. Instead, we just talked about the covers we liked. Mandy asked us questions: “Which ones do you like?” “Why do you like them?” “Would you buy a CD with this cover?”We finished at 12:30. We will meet again next week at a boutique downtown. We will look at some new fashions. Each week we go to a different location. Oh yes, we also received a free CD for our work. This “job”doesn’t pay, but we get free stuff!Audio Track 2-4-121. All of the families live in big cities.2. None of the students study German.3. Some of the people don’t agree with me.Audio Track 2-4-131. Most of the young children are in day care.2. Some of their parents work two or three jobs.3. All of my friends grew up in the same town.4. None of my classmates like to study.Audio Track 2-4-14Moderator: Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to our debate. Mr. Taylor, please begin. Mr. Taylor: We have a big problem. Too many children are in day care centers. This is not good. Moderator: Ms. Marin, what do you think?Ms. Marin: I’m a mother and I work. In today’s society, most mot hers and fathers are busy with work.Moderator: So, they don’t have a choice? They need day care?Ms. Marin: Exactly. And it’s very expensive.Moderator: What can we do about this situation?Mr. Taylor: We should encourage mothers and fathers to stay at home with their children.Ms. Marin: I don’t agree. I think we should offer cheaper day care.Audio Track 2-4-15Moderator: Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Welcome to this debate on whether it is better to rent or to own a home. Miss Ying, please begin.Miss Ying: As far as I’m concerned, owning a home is far better than renting one. Actually, I feel quite troubled by the idea of living in a rented apartment.Moderator: Can you further explain that point?Miss Ying: Of course. The sense of security I get from home ownership would not exist in a rented apartment.Moderator: Mr. Chen, what are your thoughts?Mr. Chen: Well, I think it’s better to rent a home than to own one. I just can’t afford to purchase a home, and I don’t know if that will ever change. At the moment, the cost of even a small city center apartment is out of most people’s reach.Miss Ying: I see your point, but I still think, it’s better to own a home than to rent one in the longrun. Although buying a home is expensive, I think most people can apply for a mortgage or join with their families to invest in a home.Mr. Chen: Yes, that’s quite true, but I feel bothered by the idea of owing so much money. I think it’s better to save for a home rather than get a mortgage. I believe people should spend only the money that they have earned or saved.Moderator: Some excellent points. Thank you both for taking part in the debate.Video CourseVideo Track 2-4-1Yelena: In Ukraine people get married very early.Lourdes: In Colombia people usually marry in their late 20s.Paula: In Brazil people get married around 25. Usually husbands and wives both work.Calvin: I guess in a traditional family … traditional Korean family … you know, it is usually the males who work. There are a lot of parents who both have full-time jobs.Kumiko: In Japan, nowadays, people usually get married around 30. Husbands and wives both work until they have babies. And the wife stays at home with her children.Alejandra: Children in Argentina live with their parents until they get married. Usually both the husband and the wife work, but if they have children, then the wife stays at home to take care of the children.Video Track 2-4-2Kumiko: In Japan, nowadays, people usually get married around 30. Husbands and wives both work until they have babies. And the wife stays at home with her children.Alejandra: Children in Argentina live with their parents until they get married. Usually both the husband and the wife work, but if they have children, then the wife stays at home to take care of the children.Video Track 2-4-3Dave: I really admire my sister’s style because she’s very independent.Calum: One person whose fashion I admire is my friend Alex. He wears really nice clothes. Dayanne: I have a friend that always wears cowboy boots to go to work. I think that she should wear something more stylish.Dennis: The person I most admire is Robert Redford. I like the way he moves, the way he stands, the way he carries his clothes … his hair …Woo Sung: I’ve had this hair for a while and I think it’s definitely time for a change. I need a haircut.Dayanne: To improve my appearance, I should have a haircut and lose weight.Calum: I think I could improve my appearance by wearing contact lenses instead of glasses.Video Track 2-4-4Mike: I told you —I don’t like to go running.Roberto: You ought to get more exercise, Mike. It’s good for you. You know, I think there’s a definite trend. More and more people are starting to exercise.Mike: You’re just saying that because you think I should exercise more. The majority of the people I know don’t exercise.Roberto: Well, in my opinion, I really think more people are exercising nowadays.Mike: What makes you say that?Roberto: Well, when I came to New York five years ago, almost no one in my office exercised. Then, a few years ago, some people started going to the gym. And now, I just read in my office newsletter that 28 percent of the people in my office go to the gym three or more times a week. That’s almost one third of the employees.Mike: Just because some of the people in your office go to the gym, doesn’t make it a trend. Maybe 28 percent go, but that means that 72 percent don’t.Roberto: Not necessarily … there’s more ways to get exercise than going to the gym.Mike: Such as?Roberto: Some peo ple walk to work … some people play golf … some people jog in the park . . . Mike: Yeah, that’s true …Roberto: Look around you. Don’t you see all the people exercising?Mike: Well, how many of them are enjoying it? None!Roberto: Oh come on, Mike. All of them are enjoying it.Mike: Not all of them …Roberto: Well, most of them …Mike: Maybe some of them … but not this one. I’m exhausted. I think we ought to go home. Roberto: Yes, I think we’d better. And we’d better get you something to drink, too.Mike: Hey, you know what?Roberto: What?Mike: I think we should get some ice cream, too.Roberto: What?Mike: Yeah! You know, I read somewhere that 33 percent of all famous athletes recommend eating ice cream after a heavy workout.Roberto: Yeah, right.Mike: No, I’m serious. I read it in a magazine!Video Track 2-4-5Mike: I told you —I don’t like to go running.Roberto: You ought to get more exercise, Mike. It’s good for you. You know, I think there’s a definite trend. More and more people are starting to exercise.Mike: You’re just saying that because you think I should exercise more. The majority of the people I know don’t exercise.Roberto: Well, in my opinion, I really think more people are exercising nowadays.Mike: What makes you say that?Roberto: Well, when I came to New York five years ago, almost no one in my office exercised. Then, a few years ago, some people started going to the gym. And now, I just read in my officenewsletter that 28 percent of the people in my office go to the gym three or more times a week. That’s almost one third of the employees.Video Track 2-4-6Mike: Just because some of the people in your office go to the gym, doesn’t make it a trend. Maybe 28 percent go, but that means that 72 percent don’t.Roberto: Not necessarily … there’s more ways to get exercise than going to the gym.Mike: Such as?Roberto: Some people walk to work … some people play golf … some people jog in the park …Mike: Yeah, that’s true …Roberto: Look around you. Don’t you see all the people exercising?Mike: Well, how many of them are enjoying it? None!Roberto: Oh come on, Mike. All of them are enjoying it.Mike: Not all of them …Roberto: Well, most of them …Mike: Maybe some of them … but not this one. I’m exhausted. I think we ought to go home. Roberto: Yes, I think we’d better. And we’d better get you something to drink, too.Video Track 2-4-7Mike: Hey, you know what?Roberto: What?Mike: I think we should get some ice cream, too.Roberto: What?Mike: Yeah! You know, I read somewhere that 33 percent of all famous athletes recommend eating ice cream after a heavy workout.Roberto: Yeah, right.Mike: No, I’m serious. I read it in a magazine!。
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of ten nis? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much o il or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take plac e?3. What will they order?Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short p assages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, t emperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down i n note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the s un.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold d rinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short s hower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, to o.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's j ust hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman sa ys.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we? A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. B: Yes, especially in July and A ugust. A: Well, what did the weatherman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? W: No, and the forecast saysit's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What c an we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon . M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or caus e of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", " first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustrati on or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay att ention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to ind icate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and ca n be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fo r a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will mo ve on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood f lows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the bra ckets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spo t items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sale s. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of backgr ound music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it alre ady. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Y our conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her pare nts, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had comp osed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The ad dress was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficultie s. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, wh o mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great succe ss. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 19 96 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she r ecorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously suc cessful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a gr eat many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a ConversationIdentifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in liste ning comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that sa y exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues includ e the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearment s are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than fr iends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, e tc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you been sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: Y ou seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers? 2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, yo u know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sl eeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don 't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Have you been experiencing any other symp toms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not ve ry much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I thi nk you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this? P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible. D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafoo d for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.D: (after examining the foot) You have a sprained ankle. It's slightly swollen. How does it feel? P: Rather painful there. What should I do, doctor?D: I'll give you an X-ray to see if there is anything wrong with the bone.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate.[ti:Unit 5 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: Jane kept coughing and couldn't go to sleep all night. M: She must be sick. I hope she's bett er today.Q: What do you know about Jane? 2. M: I haven't seen Jack for ages.W: Neither have I. But I heard he had been in hospital for three weeks. Q: What do you learn fro。
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文UnitUnit 5 Unsolved MysteriesListening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-5-1In the picture on the left, a criminal is breaking a law; he is committing a crime. In the picture on the right, the detective is catching and arresting the criminal. In the picture in the center, the detective is questioning the criminal but he is not making a confession.Audio Track 2-5-2/Audio Track 2-5-3The greatest detectiveSherlock Holmes is probably the greatest detective ever known —well, at least he’s one of the most famous. Bu t he never actually existed … he’s an imaginary detective who appears in sixty stories created by the Scottish author Sir Arthur Conan Doyle. Doyle was not always a writer. He started his career as a doctor. Fortunately for us, he did not have many patients. He needed money and so he started to write stories. The first Sherlock Holmes story was published in 1887, and was called A Study in Scarlet. Later, a magazine published The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes and readers loved it!What makes Sherlock Holmes so special Well, he was very intelligent and successful. He always arrested the criminal —every single time —with the help of his partner, Dr. Watson.In the stories, Holmes lived at 221B Baker Street in London, England. Thousands of people visit that address every year. There’s also a Sherlock Holmes Museum in London.Audio Track 2-5-4/Audio Track 2-5-5/Audio Track 2-5-6Mike: … So, we can look forward to warmer temperatures.It’ll be a good weekend for the beach. Over to you, Alexa.Alexa: Thank you fo r that weather report, Mike. And finally, this story just in. … We have a report that a local man, Nick Brown, saw some strange lights. He was driving home at about 10 . He said the lights were bright and they moved across the sky. He stopped at a gas station and talked to a police officer about the lights. The police officer had seen the lights, too.Mike: Hmm … that’s a strange story. What happened next Alexa: Well, Mr. Brown took some pictures, but there was no film in his camera. Finally, he called his wife on his cell phone. But by that time, the lights were gone.Mike: Well, I know that there is a legend around here about mysterious lights …a lot of local peo ple have seen the lights. It’s starting to seem like those lights really exist. What do you think, Alexa Alexa: I don’t believe it. I think it’s some kind of hoax!Audio Track 2-5-7/Audio Track 2-5-8It was raining heavily. I couldn’t see clearly. I drove slowly. Suddenly, I saw a young girl. She was dressed neatly and standing in the middle of the road. I was surprised! Somehow, I stopped the car quickly.“What are you doing” I asked. She looked at me strangely but didn’t answer. “Are you OK” I asked. “I’m fine,” she answered. Then she smiled happily and walked away quietly. Nervously, I drove to my hotel and checked in. I told the clerk about the little girl. “Do you know her” I asked. “Oh yes,” he said calmly.“That’s Mary Anne. She died five years ago on that road. It was a car accident during a rainstorm.”Audio Track 2-5-9The Tunguska MysteryIt was early morning. June 30, 1908, in eastern Russia. Suddenly, a terrible explosion rocked the forest in Tunguska. People fell to the ground, and all the trees for 2000 square kilometers were knocked down. People heard the explosion 800 kilometers away, and the fire burned for many weeks.Audio Track 2-5-10/Audio Track 2-5-11What caused this terrible explosion A century later, scientists are still trying to find the answer. Here are some possible explanations.1. An asteroid: Asteroids are very large pieces of rock that go around in space and sometimes hit the planet. They can cause lots of damage. Some of them weigh as much as 100,000 tons. If an asteroid hit the earth, it would cause a huge explosion.2. A comet: Comets are giant balls of gas, ice, and rock with long tails. They travel through space in a regular pattern. Encke’s Comet was near Earth in 1908, and it’s possible that a part of it broke off and hit the earth.3. A UFO accident: Some people believe that a spaceship crashed into the ground in Siberia and its engine exploded.4. An extraterrestrial attack: Another idea is that extraterrestrials, that is, people from other planets, attacked the earth. Extraterrestrials might have wanted to destroy the earth, so they aimed their weapons at Earth and set fire to the forest.5. A scientific experiment: Another idea is that scientists made a mistake during an experiment with electricity. A man named Nikola Te sla tried to build a “supergun” that used electricity. Maybe it was a test of his gun and it didn’t work correctly.Audio Track 2-5-12/Audio Track 2-5-13Q: Where is Marfa and what exactly is it famous forA: Marfa is a small town in west Texas in the United States. It’s famous for the “Marfa mystery lights.”Q: What are the mystery lights exactlyA: No one knows for sure. There are many different ideas about that.Q: Can you describe themA: That’s a difficult question. Different people see different lights. They are not always the same. I can say that they appear after sunset in the sky. They dance mysteriously in air and vanish. Then they suddenly reappear.Q: Some people say they are car headlights. Do you think so A: No, I don’t. A man first saw the mys tery lights over 100 years ago. The man was Robert Ellison and the year was 1883. Of cour se we didn’t have cars in 1883. Q: What do you think causes the lightsA: There are many theories. The Native Americans thought the lights were stars falling to Earth. Some people think uranium gas causes the lights. Other people suggest that ball lightning does it. Ball lightning is lightning in the shape of circle. It often appears just after a rainstorm.Q: What are some of the weirdest ideas about the lightsA: Wel l, some people call them “ghost lights.” They think ghosts do it. That’s the strangest idea. Some say they are UFOs.I don’t think so.Q: What do the experts sayA: They can’t figure it out. Some engineers even came from Japan one time. They studied the li ghts, but couldn’t solve the mystery.Q: Are the local people scaredA: No, actually, they aren’t. They like the lights. And everyyear in early September there’s a big town festival to celebrate the mystery lights.Audio Track 2-5-14Q: What do you think causes the lightsA: There are many theories. The Native Americans thought the lights were stars falling to Earth. Some people think uranium gas causes the lights. Other people suggest that ball lightning does it. Ball lightning is lightning in the shape of circle. It often appears just after a rainstorm.Q: What are some of the weirdest ideas about the lightsA: Well, some people call them “ghost lights.” They think ghosts do it. That’s the strangest idea. Some say they are UFOs.I don’t think so.Q: What do the experts sayA: They can’t figure it out. Some engineers even came from Japan one t ime. They studied the lights, but couldn’t solve the mystery.Q: Are the local people scaredA: No, actually, they aren’t. They like the lights. And every year in ear ly September there’s a big town festival to celebrate the mystery lights.Audio Track 2-5-151. That man seems angry.2. She speaks French.3. Your sister looks tired.4. He practices the piano every day.5. My aunt always watches the news.6. My friend knows the answer.Audio Track 2-5-16/Audio Track 2-5-17Stye: Do you know the Dodd DiamondFrye: Of course! The museum owns it.Stye: Not anymore! Someone stole it last night!Frye: Really How did it happenStye: Well, it’s unlikely the criminal walked into the room. There’s an alarm on the floor.Frye: But there’s no alarm for the skylight.St ye: You’re right! I bet the criminal climbed down a rope. Then he took the diamond without touching the floor!Audio Track 2-5-18A: I love chocolate.B: There's a good chance that's true. I know you like sweets. You probably like chocolate, too.A: My family has moved house six times.B: It doesn't seem possible.A: Why do you say thatB: I've known you since we were kids.Audio Track 2-5-19A: Do you believe that Bruno Hauptmann was the real kidnapperB: I doubt that he was. Nobody's likely to be so silly to leave all the evidence there for people to find. Besides, he never made a confession, did heA: If it wasn’t him … it could have been Betty Gow. What do you thinkB: Well, it’s unlikely that she did it. She loved the baby. She even fainted at the trial.A: That’s true. Then it could have been Ernie Brinkert.B: Why do you think it could be himA: Well, he’s Violet Sharpe’s boyfriend. He knew about the Lindberghs. It’s quitepossible that he made a secret plan with his girlfriend to kidnap the baby for money. B: That’s nonsense. His girlfriend had an alibi. She wasn’t in the house on the day the baby was kidnapped.A: Maybe that was part of the secret plan. Perhaps she was purposefully out of the house.B: Well, possibly. But Ernie’s handwriting didn’t match the kidnapper’s note. How can you explain thatA: I dare say that was also part of the plan. He could have deliberately written the note in a handwriting that is different to normal.B: It doesn’t seem possible. He couldn’t possibly have fooled the c ourt.Video CourseVideo Track 2-5-1Agnes: When I was visiting my grandfather in his village I witnessed a very strange event. It wasn’t raining and the women of the village went to a special place to make the rain fall. And that night it rained.Dave: T here’s a strange tale in Mexico about La Llorona who is a woman who wanders the streets weeping for her dead sons. When there is a strong wind they say you can hear La Llorona .Catherine: In New Jersey there’s a thing or a monster called the “Jersey Devil.” They say it’s very big and hairy but also very sneaky and that it moves from tree to tree.Lourdes: My favorite mysteries are about UFOs, which means Unidentified Flying Objects. I’m not sure if the UFOs are real or if they are a hoax, but I would like to think that they are real.Alejandra: One of the mysteries that I find interesting and hasnot been solved yet is the one of the Pyramids. How they made them. How they brought in those very heavypieces of stone to build the Pyramids.Calum: My advisor and my teacher told us that the dorm that we lived in was haunted, and one time late at night all the lights turned off suddenly and it was very strange and quite scary.Video Track 2-5-2Agnes: When I was visiting my grandfather in his village I witnessed a very strange event. It wasn’t raining and the women of the village went to a special place to make the rain fall. And that night it rained.Calum: My advisor and my teacher told us that the dorm that we lived in was haunted, and one time late at night all the lights turned off suddenly and it was very strange and quite scary.Video Track 2-5-3Roberto: Does anybody know why Tara asked us to come here todayTakeshi: She said something about solving a crime and arresting a criminal. Claudia: Arresting a criminalTara: Yes, a criminal.Takeshi: Hey, Tara. Nice hat!Tara: Someone in this room has committed a crime.All: What Come on. What are you talking aboutTara: A theft. Someone ate Sun-hee’s yogurt!Sun-hee: Well, my yogurt is missing. But it’s OK. It’s only yogurt.Tara: It starts with yogurt. Next time it’s your cookies, your ice cream … who knows where it will endSun-hee: OK ... OK. Go on.Tara: It’s very like ly one of you did it because you all have akey to this apartment.Takeshi: I only use my key for emergencies. And besides, you live here, you have a key … maybe you took it …Tara: I’m the detective, I didn’t do it. Now. The thief worked calmly, quietly, and very neatly. Note the weapon. (holds up spoon) Clean and dry.Roberto: I didn’t do it. I have an alibi. I was out of town last week … just got home last night.Tara: I know you didn’t do it, Roberto. I asked you to come here today because you are a friend of the thief — Claudia!Claudia: WhatTara: Confess! You’re always too busy to go shopping! You didn’t have any yogurt. You were hungry. It was late! You waited until everyone went to bed and then you slowly entered the kitchen, you made sure no one was there, then you carefully took this spoon and — very quietly — opened the refrigerator door and ate Sun-hee’s yogurt!Claudia: (jokingly) No! No! It’s not true!Mike: (enters apartment using key) Hey, everyone! (to Tara while taking spoon and walking towards fridge) Thanks. Nice hat! (to all while eating yogurt) What’s upVideo Track 2-5-4Roberto: Does anybody know why Tara asked us to come here todayTakeshi: She said something about solving a crime and arresting a criminal. Claudia: Arresting a criminalTara: Yes, a criminal.Takeshi: Hey, Tara. Nice hat!Tara: Someone in this room has committed a crime.All: What Come on. What are you talking aboutTara: A theft. Someone ate Sun-hee’s yogurt!Sun-hee: Well, my yogurt is missing. But it’s OK. It’s only yogurt.Tara: It starts with yogurt. Next time it’s your cookies, your ice cream … who knows where it will endSun-hee: OK … OK. Go on.Video Track 2-5-5Tara: It’s very likely one of you did it because you all have a key to this apartment. Takeshi: I only use my key for emergencies. And besides, you live here, you have a key … maybe you took i t …Tara: I’m the detective, I didn’t do it. Now. The thief worked calmly, quietly, and very neatly. Note the weapon. (holds up spoon) Clean and dry.Roberto: I didn’t do it. I have an alibi. I was out of town last week … just got home last night.Tara: I know you didn’t do it, Roberto. I asked you to come here today because you are a friend of the thief — Claudia!Video Track 2-5-6Claudia: WhatTara: Confess! You’re always too busy to go shopping! You didn’t have any yogurt. You were hungry. It was late! You waited until everyone went to bed and then you slowly entered the kitchen, you made sure no one was there, then you carefully took this spoon and — very quietly — opened the refrigerator door and ate Sun-hee’s yogurt!Claudia: (jokingly) No! No! It’s not true!Mike: (enters apartment using key) Hey, everyone! (to Tara while taking spoon and walking towards fridge) Thanks. Nice hat! (to all while eating yogurt) Wha t’s upAudio Track 2-5-20One day, Tara found that someone had eaten Sun-hee’s yogurt without notice. So, she asked everyone to help her solve this “crime.” She thought that it was very likely that one of her friends stole Sun-hee’s yogurt because they all had a key to the apartment. While Sun-hee the owner was quite calm and generous about the missing yogurt, Tara got serious about the matter. She warned everyone that a misdemeanor might gradually become a real crime if it were not checked at the start. She seemed to be determined to solve the crime, though in a humorous way. She accused Takeshi first, but he denied it. While Tara was showing everyone the “weapon” —a clean, dry spoon —Roberto said that he had an alibi and hadn’t done it. Tara said she knew he hadn’t done it and that Claudia had done it! Just as Claudia was protesting that it wasn’t true, Mike suddenly walked in. He calmly went to the refrigerator, took out some yogurt, and ate it! Finally everyone came to know who the “thief” really was.。
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 2
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文U n i t2-CAL-FENGHAI.-(YICAI)-Company One1Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happyB: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test questionMarc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of GreenlandAngie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: WhatMarc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you cryingCarolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrongCarolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doingTony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room.Vickie: So we can’t visit Las VegasTony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smilingVickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, PaulaWoman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okayWoman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother.Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you goingWoman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theaterMan: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure What street is thisMan: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these daysJane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening. Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers How are they doingJane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you How are you doing these daysPaula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety. Jane: Community safetyPaula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in our community.Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot —Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand — using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai— people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’t use your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness.In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan,when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that the person is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning Why’s she frowingAudio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it goingJim: Great! How’re you doingKaty: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah What’s wrongKaty: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studyingKaty: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doingA: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah What’s wrongA: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right nowA: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game startA: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston Sounds nice. Why are you so glumA: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear itA: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to BostonA: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too.A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it goingB: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doingA: Fine! Where are you living nowB: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful. How about youA: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk.Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach. Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people.Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time, and when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people. Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by taking their hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses.Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while. Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows) Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doingClaudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan WhenClaudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else Oh, remember — always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: ReallyTakeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: WhatTakeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like thisTakeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows) Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doingClaudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan WhenClaudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else Oh, remember — always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: ReallyTakeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: WhatTakeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like thisTakeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh! Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!。
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit-2Word版
Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happy?B: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test question?Marc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of Greenland?Angie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: What?Marc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you crying? Carolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrong?Carolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doing?Tony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room. Vickie: So we can’t visit Las Vegas?Tony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smiling?Vickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, Paula?Woman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okay?Woman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother. Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you going?Woman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what? It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theater?Man: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure? What street is this?Man: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map? I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these days?Jane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening. Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers? How are they doing?Jane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you? How are you doing these days?Paula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety. Jane: Community safety?Paula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in our community.Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot — Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand — using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai— people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’t use your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness. In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan, when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that theperson is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning? Why’s she frowing?Audio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class?4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing?6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it going?Jim: Great! How’re you doing?Katy: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah? What’s wrong?Katy: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studying?Katy: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doing?A: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah? What’s wrong?A: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right now?A: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game start?A: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along? You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston? Sounds nice. Why are you so glum?A: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear it?A: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to Boston?A: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too.A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it going?B: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doing?A: Fine! Where are you living now?B: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful. How about you?A: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk.Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach. Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people. Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time,when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by taking their hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses.Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while.Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!(注:可编辑下载,若有不当之处,请指正,谢谢!)。
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文
[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2]Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafood for the next week or so.。
大学英语听力原文及答案
大学英语听力原文及答案【篇一:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文】 class=txt>unit 1 sportspart a]listening strategyidentifying numbersnumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. the ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in english is an important but difficult skill for a chinese learner. a good way isto practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. it also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms,without translating them into chinese. youre going to hear a passage about michael jordan, a retired american professional basketball player.listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. michael jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. he was born on feb.17, 1963, in brooklyn, new york. he is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. jordan joined the chicago bulls team for the 1984 season. in the 1986 season he shot3041 points, the third highest score ever. he was named nba slam dunk champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the most valuable player award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. jordan guided his team to win sixnba championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 nba finals. in 1999, he was named the greatest north american athlete of the 20th century. jordan left the nba at the beginning of the 1993-1994 nbaseason to pursue a career in baseball. since his baseball game wasnt quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the bulls in 1995. yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. but he returned for two more nba games in 2001 as a member of the washington wizards.[ti:unit 1 part b]listening tasksa conversationwhy dont you join me at the gym sometime?exercise 1listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.peter: hi laura. where are you heading with that big bag?laura: hi, peter. im off to the gym. ive got to stay in shape, you know. i try to go three times a week, but im busy so i cant always make it.peter: i know more women who work out than men. whats the main reason you work out? for your health, or to look good?laura: to be honest, for both. with women, good looks are always a very important consideration. peter: if they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.laura: how about you? do you get any regular exercise?peter: i do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but i never go to the gym like you do.laura: well, walking is good exercise. how about sports?laura: i play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.peter: oh, i forgot about that. i go cycling sometimes too. and i often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.laura: why dont you join me at the gym sometime? i can get you a guest pass.peter: well, maybe someday, but im pretty lazy about things like that.questions1. what do you know about peter?2. where might the two speakers be having this conversation? speaking taskspair worklisten to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. then role-play them with your partner.conversation 1a: whats your plan for this evening?b: well, theres a good game at the stadium but i havent got a ticket yet.a: im going to the gym. would you like to come along? i can get a guest pass for you. b: thats wonderful. id always wanted to work out in the new gym. thank you very much. conversation 2a: hi, xiao wang. fancy meeting you here! how are you doing? b: cant complain. im busy with my experiments in the lab. but after work i often play some sports.a: like what?b: like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.a: tennis? thats my favorite game. say, whatre you doing this weekend?b: nothing particular. i guess ill probably just work in the lab. a: come on. you need to relax. what about a game of tennis? b: ok.conversation 3a: are you doing anything special tomorrow, bob?b: not really. why do you ask?a: some of us are going motorcycling. would you like to join us?b: motorcycling? ive never done that. isnt it a bit dangerous? a: maybe, but its really exciting.b: i enjoy jogging. its more relaxing.a: thats a good form of exercise. it can help you stay in shape. b: yes, its also safer.now make similar conversations according to the given situations. use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:unit 1 part c]test your listeningyoure going to hear five short conversations. listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. w: i like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. what about you?m: well, tennis is my favorite sport.q: what sport does the man like?2. w: you dont like boxing very much, do you?m: its far from being my kind of sport.q: what does the man mean?3. w: i think yesterdays football game was quite exciting.what about you, john?m: you said it. but it was a bit long.q: what does the man think about the football game?4. w: do you like to play chess?m: i like the game, but i dont play it often enough. im afraid im not a very good chess player. q: what does the man mean?5. m: i knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. but recently i have failed to keep up with football.w: now you are busy with your golf games.q: what do you know about the man from the conversation?unit 2 food and drinkspart alistening strategylistening between the linespeople do not always say directly what they mean. very often, we have to listen between the lines. the english languageoffers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. to find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. for example, if someone says i havean essay to write in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. and if someone says andrew passed with flying colors in reply to an inquiry about how andrew did on a test,we can infer from the meaning of the idiom to pass with flying colors that andrew did very well on the test. often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. for example, he is very clever said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. you are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.listen carefully and write down yes or no to each of the following questions.1. m: have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?w: yes, many times.whenever my friends come to visit me, ill take them there to eat.2. w: is there something wrong, sir?m: my wife and i have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. w: where is the cake i made this morning?m: we ate it, mom. can you make another one for us?4. w: i hear you like chicken very much.m: next to beef.5. m: have you tried this wine before?w: no, never. its my first time, but its really to my taste.6. w: john, do you want a soda?m: soda? i think it tastes like medicine.7. w: why, the fish is left almost untouched.m: well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. m: hi, sue, would you like to eat out tonight?w: oh, id really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:unit 2 part b]listening tasksa conversationwhat about dining out?exercise 1listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.peter: hi, kate.kate: hi, peter. how have you been?peter: oh, ok, i guess. and you?kate: not too bad. we havent seen each other for a while, have we?peter: no, we havent. so that makes me ask. do you have any plan for this saturday?kate: no, not yet, i dont think so. why?peter: what do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? kate: that would be great. do you have any particular place in mind?peter: well, i think id like to eat something thats not too heavy. ive been eating a little too much lately.kate: me too.peter: i love italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. they always seem to serve so much food in italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to. kate: chinese food would be good.peter: yes, or maybe some japanese sushi. that style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.kate: yes, either of those choices would be good. lets just meet on saturday night, and decide then where to eat.peter: thats fine by me.speaking taskspair worklisten to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. then role-play them with your partner.conversation 1(at the school canteen)a: what a crowd!b: this is the worst time. the morning classes are just over. everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.a: thats true. im starving and i cant wait. id rather not stand in a long line.b: why dont we have some fried noodles?a: noodles are sold at no. 2 box. no queue there, you see.b: thats great.(at no. 2 box)counter hand: what can i get you?a: one plate of fried noodles, please.b: make it two.counter hand: ok. two plates of fried noodles. anything else? a: how much is the tomato soup?counter hand: its free. it goes with the noodles.a: i see. (to b) do you want any soup?b: yes.a: (to counter hand) two bowls of soup, please.conversation 2(at a fast food restaurant)counter hand: what can i do for you?customer: ill have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.counter hand: anything to drink?customer: a small sprite. no ice, please.counter hand: okay. for here or to go?customer: for here.conversation 3(at a chinese restaurant)waiter: are you ready to order?a: do you have any recommendations?waiter: yes. the sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.its todays special.a: mary, would you like to try that? i hear its very good.b: why not? and id like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. its my favorite.waiter: okay. anything else?a: what about some vegetables, mary?b: yes. how about spinach?a: spinach is fine with me.waiter: anything to drink?a: yes. id like one bud light, please. whatll you have, mary?b: orange juice, please.waiter: one bud light and one orange juice. is that right?a: right.now make similar conversations according to the given situations. use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate【篇二:现代大学英语听力1原文及答案】k 1【答案】a.1) susan hudson and intercultural communication2) the class will meet in the room they are in now and on tuesday and thursday from 3:15 to4:50.3) they can purchase the textbook at the bookstore the day after tomorrow.4) the office hours are from 1:00 to 2:00 on wednesdays.b.1) the first half, the research lab, thursday, 405, the last two months2) outline, performance, quizzes, project, participation【原文】okay, okay, let‘s begin. hello, everyone. my name‘s susan hudson and i‘ll be your teacherfor this class, intercultural communication.uh, to begin with, please take a look at the syllabus(教学大纲)in front of you. as you allshould know by now, this class meets on tuesdays from 3:15 to 4:50. we will be meeting in thisroom for the first half of the course, but we will be using the research lab every other week onthursday in room 405 during the last two months of the class. uh, this is the text for the class, beyond language. unfortunately, the books haven‘t come inyet, but i was told that you should be able to purchase(购买)them at the bookstore the day aftertomorrow. again, as you see on your course outline, grading is determined by your performanceon a midterm and final test, periodic(周期的、定期的)quizzes(问答比赛), uh, a researchproject, and classroom participation(参加、参与).my office hours are from 1:00 to 2:00 on wednesdays, and you can set up an appointment tomeet with me at other times as well.task 2【答案】a.1) according to the syllabus, the book he is looking for is in the library, but he couldn‘t find it.2) that means the student cannot find the book on the shelves in its usual place. she/he needs togo to a special room called the reserve room.3) the professor wants everyone in the class to read the chapter. if one student removes the bookfrom the library, it is likely that none of the other students will have the opportunity to read it. so,your professor has insured that all students have the opportunity to read it by placing it on reserve.b.1) f, 2) t, 3) f【原文】librarian: can i help you?student: yes. i am a bit confused. my sociology class is supposed to read a chapter(章、回) ina book called sociology and the modern age. according to the syllabus, the book is inthe library, but i haven‘t been able to find it.librarian: do you have your syllabus with you? may i see it?student: yes, uh...i put it in the front of my sociology notebook. yes, here it is.librarian: let me see. oh yes. your professor has placed this book on reserve. that means youcannot find it on the shelves in its usual place. you need to go to a special room calledthe reserve room. it‘s down the hall and t o the right.student: i‘m sorry —i still don‘t understand what you mean by on reserve.librarian: you see, your professor wants everyone in the class to read the chapter. if one studentremoves the book from the library, it is likely that none of the other students will havethe opportunity to read it. so, your professor has insured that all students have theopportunity to read it by placing it on reserve.student: so, will i be able to find this book?librarian: yes, when a book is on reserve, a student can go to the reserve room and ask the reservelibrarian for the book. the student can have the book for a few hours, and he or shemust read it in the library during that time. that way, the book stays in the library,and all students have a chance to read it.student: ok. thank you. i understand now.librarian: will there be anything else?student: no! i am on my way to the reserve room. thanks again! task 3【答案】a.1) c, 2) cb.undergraduate, five, two, graduate, fifteen, two, 50, overdue, 15, cannot8:00 am, 10:00 pm, 9:00 am, 8:30 pm, sundays【原文】hello and welcome to the university library. this taped tour will introduce you to our libraryfacilities(设备) and operating(操作的、运营的) hours.first of all, the library‘s collection of books, reference(参考、参考书,涉及提及) materials,and other resources are found on levels one to four of this building. level one houses ourhumanities and map collections. on level two, you will find our circulation(循环) desk, current(现在的、最近的、流行的)periodicals and journals, and our copy facilities. our science andengineering sections(部分、节、部门) can be found on level three. you can also find back issuesof periodicals and journals older than six months on this level. finally, group study rooms, ourmicrofilm(缩微胶卷)collection, and the multimedia(多媒体、多媒体的) center are locatedon level four.undergraduate students can check out up to five books fortwo weeks. graduate students cancheck out fifteen books for two months. books can berenewed up to two times. there is a50-cents-a-day late fee for overdue books up to a maximum of $15. periodicals and referencebooks cannot be checked out.the library is open weekdays, 8:00 am to 10:00 pm, and on saturdays from 9:00 am to 8:30pm. the library is closed on sundays.task 4【答案】a.b. 1) because now they have someone from the international center coming to speak to the studentson extracurricular activities.2) they want to show students around the university, including the union building, the library andthe student services building.c.1) up to their ears, hard pressed2) jot, grab, off3) finding a needle in a haystack4) bottom line, running【原文】randall: hi faith. do you have a minute?faith: sure. what‘s up?randall: well, i just wanted to go over the schedule for wednesday‘s orientation(方向、定位)meeting to make sure everything is ready.faith: okay. here‘s a cop y of the tentative(试验性的、不确定的)schedule. [okay.] now, theregistration starts at 8:30 and goes until 9:15. [all right.] then, the orientation meetingwill commence at 9:30.randall: okay. now, we had planned originally for the meetingto go until 10:30, but now wehave someone from the international center coming to speakto the students onextracurricular(学校课程以外的) activities, so how about ending the meeting around11?faith: fine. and, uh, then students will take the placement tests from 11:15 until noon [ok.],followed by 20-minute break before lunch. [ok.] and, immediately after lunch, we havereserved a campus shuttle to give students a 45-minute tour starting at 1:30. [oh. ok.]we want to show students around the university, including the union building, the library,and the student services building.randall: great. now, how about the oral interviews?faith: well, we‘re planning to start them at 2:15.randall: uh, well, teachers are going to be up to their ears in preparations, and they‘ll be hardpressed to start then.faith: ok, let‘s get things rolling around 2:45.randall: ok, here, let me jot that down. uh, could you grab apen off my desk?faith: right. finding anything on your desk is like finding a needle in a haystack. [oh, it‘s notthat bad.] here, use mine.randall: ok. and we‘ll need 150 copies of this program guide by then.faith: hey. that‘s a tall order on such short notice! how about lending me a hand to put thingstogether [ok.] by this afternoon so we don‘t have to worry about them?randall: ok. and i think the manager has given the green light to go ahead and use the moreexpensive paper and binding for the guides this time.faith: ok. so the interviews will go from 2:45 until, let‘s say, 4:30. [ok.] i hope we can wrapthings up by 5.randall: great. i think the bottom line is to keep things running smoothly throughout the day.faith: i agree. i‘ll pass this schedule by th e director for a final look.task 5【答案】1) the student wants to have some information about the courses at swan school.2) each course lasts for three weeks.3) it‘s about 23 hours a week. usually four and a half days each week.4) the first course begins on the 3rd of july and lasts until the 20th of july and the second courseis from the 24th of july until the 10th of august.5) each course costs £150 plus vat, which is 15 percent, anda £5 registration fee.6) for each course the deposit is £20.7) a lady arranges the accommodation for the students with oxford families.8) they can choose to have bed and breakfast only which is £20 a week, or bed, breakfast anddinner which is about £27 a week.【原文】receptionist: good morning. can i help you?student: yes, please. i would want to have some information about the…erm…thecourses at swan school.receptionist: is that a summer course you‘re interested in?student: yes. yes, please.receptionist: yes. fine. ok. well, we have…erm…short intensive full-time courses duringthe summer.student: mm-mm. i would want to know the length of one course.receptionist: yes. each course lasts for three weeks.student: how many hours per week, please?receptionist: well, it‘s about 23 hours a week. usually four and a half days each week.student: you must have a lot of students in the class, haven‘t you?receptionist: we have a lot of students in the school but in the classes only about between 12and 14 students.student: 12 and 14. could you please give me the dates of the first and the second course?receptionist: yes, certainly. the first course begins on the 3rd of july and lasts until the 20thof july and the second course is from the 24th of july until the 10th of august.student: what about the fees per course?receptionist: yes, each…each course costs £150 plus vat, which is 15 percent, and a £5registration(登记、注册) fee.student: and deposit, please?receptionist: yes. for each course we need a deposit(储蓄、存款、保证金) of £20 and the £5registration fee.student: oh thank you. do we have to find our…our own accommodation?receptionist: no, we can do that for you. we have a lady who arranges the accommodationfor you with oxford families.student: how much does it cost?receptionist: well, you can choose to have bed and break fast only which is £20 a week, or bed,breakfast and dinner which is about £27 a week.student: £27. thank you very much.receptionist: you‘re welcome.task 6【答案】a.1) f, 2) t, 3) fb.1) most universities will not accept students without this test. it is also used to decide how much financial aid should be given to each student.2) they must score between 1,430 and 1600.3) american universities also look at a student‘s subject grades, what they do outside of school, and theirteachers‘ recommendations.4) the sat ii is the one-hour exam that can be taken in any subject, for example chemistry or french.【原文】every year, high school juniors and seniors from across the us take the scholastic aptitude test (sat 1).the sat 1 is a three-hour exam that tests students‘ math and verbal(语言的、口头的) skills. most universities will not accept students without this test. it is also used to help decide how much financial aid should be given to each student.scores range from 200 to 800 for each part. there is a total of 1,600 points. the test is held every year from october to june. but seniors must take it before december in order to include their scores in their university applications. the average total score for an american high school student is around 1,000.a poor sat score can prevent a student from going to a good university. students who want to go to one of ameri ca‘s best universities, such as harvard or yale, must score between1,430 and 1,600.the test can be taken over and over again, but all the scores will appear on the students‘ records. however, unlike chinese universities, the score is not the only thing needed. americanuniversities also look at a student‘s subject grades, what they do outside of school, and their teachers‘ recommendations.in addition to the sat 1, some universities require high school students to take at least three sat iis. these one-hour exams can be taken in any subject, for example chemistry or french.task 7【答案】a.1) a, 2) c, 3) d, 4)cb.1) many students attend special preparation schools besides their regular classes, in order to pass the exam for the best universities such as the national university of tokyo.【篇三:上外版大学英语听说第三册听力原文及答案】ass=txt>part aexercise 11. m: i’d like to book a double room with bath for four nights. w: sorry, sir. we’re full up. can i recommend the park hotel to you? it is quite near here.q: what does the woman suggest that the man do?2. m: i’d like to see mr. jones this afternoon, please.w: i’m sorry but mr. jones will be busy the whole afternoon. can you manage at 10:30 tomorrow morning?q: what does the woman say to the man?3. w: can i book two tickets for the show “42nd street” on sunday night, oct. 31st?m: sorry, madam. all the tickets on that night are sold out. but tickets are available for nov.3rd.q: when can the woman see the show?4. m: i’d like to reserve two ticket s on flight 6051 to edinburgh, for october 20th.w: sorry, sir. we’re booked up on the 20th .but we still have a few seats available on the 21st.q: when does the man want to leave for edinburgh?5. w: garden restaurant. may i help you?m: can you make arrangements for a table for six at eight this evening? in a quiet corner, please.q: what does the man want to do?keys: 1-5 a c d a dexercise 2w: hello. dazhong taxi company.m: hello. can i book a taxi to the west lake hotel, hangzhou? w: sure. what time?m: 9 o’clock tomorrow morning.w: your address, please?m: room 1008, peace hotel.w: and your name?m: jack smith.w: ok, mr smith.m: thank you.w: not at all.keys:part bconversation 1i’d like to make a reservationoperator: glory inn, atlanta.paul: hi, this is paul lambert. i’m the manager of the band country boys. you know, the rock band fromchicago. i want …operator: please hold, mr. lambert. i’m putting your through to the reservation manager.paul: but …manager: mr. lambert? this is laurie perry, the hotel manager. paul: oh, yeah? well, i need five rooms for friday night. that’s the 15th. i want the best room in the hotel. manager: sorry, i’m afraid i cannot accept your reservation.paul: now look, we always stay at the glory inn…manager: i know that, last time you were here, we had a number of complaints from other guests.paul: you mean they don’t like long-haired rock musicians manager: that’s not the problem, sir. the band used bad language in the coffee shop, and threw two tv sets into thepool.paul: yeah, yeah. well, i’11 tell them to be more careful this time.manager: i’m afraid that’s not all, sir. you haven’t paid th e account for the last time yet。
听说教程2全新版大学英语
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力[ti:Unit 1 Part A][00:00.00]Unit 1 Sports[00:03.42]Part A[00:05.64]Listening Strategy[00:08.02]Identifying Numbers[00:10.77]Numbers appear very often in every kind of listening material.[00:15.98]The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English[00:20.97]is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner.[00:25.66]A good way is to practice over and over again[00:30.22]the pronunciation of the numbers,[00:33.12]particularly the different ways to say[00:36.00]thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc.[00:42.24]It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear[00:46.78]quickly in numerical forms,[00:49.19]without translating them into Chinese.[00:52.08]You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan,[00:57.20]a retired American professional basketball player.[01:00.52]Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. [01:05.14]Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time.[01:10.29]He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York.[01:16.95]He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds.[01:23.89]Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season.[01:30.29]In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. [01:39.08]He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987[01:45.36]and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988,[01:49.56]an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998.[01:55.96]Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, [02:02.59]scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. [02:10.02]In 1999,[02:12.44]he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. [02:17.27]Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season [02:24.08]to pursue a career in baseball.[02:26.54]Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, [02:31.47]he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995.[02:36.12]Yet, after playing for five more years,[02:40.55]he once again announced his retirement in 1999.[02:44.09]But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001[02:48.73]as a member of the Washington Wizards.。
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文
[al: 全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2]Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player. Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B] Listening Tasks A Conversation Why Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it'simpossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1.What do you know about Peter?2.Where might the two speakers be having this conversation? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the rightanswers to the questions you hear.1.W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2.W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3.W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4.W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player.Q: What does the man mean?5.M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answerto an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1.M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2.W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3.W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4.W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5.M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6.W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7.W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8.M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1.What is the relationship between the two speakers?2.Where does the conversation take place?3.What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1.The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days:it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2.A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and awidespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine —but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, itwill only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1.What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2.What do you know about Alan?3.What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today ?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so. Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's whatthe weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we ?A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off ?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1.W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds.Q: What will the weather be like next week?2.M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3.W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4.M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5.W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon.M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker'sthought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1.Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2.The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3.Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4.We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow musicisn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving —unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3.What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4.Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3 A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your Listening Listen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went toNo.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part A Listening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversationitself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1.M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2.W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over. W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers? [ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months —it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafood for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.。
全新版大学英语(第二版)听力原文
[ti:Unit 1 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 1 Sports[00:03.42]Part A[00:05.64]Listening Strategy[00:08.02]Identifying Numbers[00:10.77]Numbers appear very often in every kind of listening material.[00:15.98]The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English[00:20.97]is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner.[00:25.66]A good way is to practice over and over again[00:30.22]the pronunciation of the numbers,[00:33.12]particularly the different ways to say[00:36.00]thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc.[00:42.24]It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear[00:46.78]quickly in numerical forms,[00:49.19]without translating them into Chinese.[00:52.08]You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan,[00:57.20]a retired American professional basketball player.[01:00.52]Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. [01:05.14]Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time.[01:10.29]He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York.[01:16.95]He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds.[01:23.89]Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season.[01:30.29]In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. [01:39.08]He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987[01:45.36]and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988,[01:49.56]an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998.[01:55.96]Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, [02:02.59]scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. [02:10.02]In 1999,[02:12.44]he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. [02:17.27]Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season [02:24.08]to pursue a career in baseball.[02:26.54]Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, [02:31.47]he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995.[02:36.12]Yet, after playing for five more years,[02:40.55]he once again announced his retirement in 1999.[02:44.09]But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001[02:48.73]as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.77]Listening Tasks[00:04.21]A Conversation[00:06.03]Why Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?[00:10.20]Exercise 1[00:12.39]Listen to the conversation[00:15.19]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:19.12]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[00:24.50]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[00:27.48]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[00:29.76]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [00:36.14]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[00:39.32]What's the main reason you work out?[00:41.98]For your health, or to look good?[00:45.05]Laura: To be honest, for both.[00:47.06]With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. [00:51.56]Peter: If they were honest,[00:53.48]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [00:58.07]and not merely for health reasons.[01:00.76]Laura: How about you?[01:02.01]Do you get any regular exercise?[01:04.55]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[01:06.76]for exercise and enjoyment —[01:08.90]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[01:12.41]but I never go to the gym like you do.[01:14.95]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?[01:19.97]Peter: Not since my school days.[01:22.04]I used to love playing baseball,[01:24.34]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [01:28.20]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[01:31.51]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[01:35.42]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[01:38.95]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too.[01:43.59]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [01:48.59]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[01:52.11]I can get you a guest pass.[01:54.64]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[01:59.84]Questions[02:02.55]1. What do you know about Peter?[02:10.26]2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?[02:18.80]Exercise 2[02:20.11]Listen again and write down answers to the following questions.[02:24.60]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[02:28.84]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[02:31.73]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[02:33.97]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [02:40.40]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[02:43.63]What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good? [02:49.25]Laura: To be honest, for both. With women,[02:52.47]good looks are always a very important consideration.[02:56.05]Peter: If they were honest,[02:57.72]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [03:02.44]and not merely for health reasons.[03:05.04]Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?[03:08.89]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[03:11.19]for exercise and enjoyment —[03:13.41]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[03:16.91]but I never go to the gym like you do.[03:19.48]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise.[03:22.40]How about sports?[03:24.43]Peter: Not since my school days.[03:26.41]I used to love playing baseball,[03:28.77]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [03:32.78]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[03:36.18]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[03:39.96]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[03:43.41]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that.[03:45.71]I go cycling sometimes too.[03:48.18]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [03:53.05]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[03:56.51]I can get you a guest pass.[03:59.13]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[04:04.30]Speaking Tasks[04:08.05]Pair Work[04:09.76]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [04:15.17]Then role-play them with your partner.[04:18.54]Conversation 1[04:20.91]A: What's your plan for this evening?[04:23.56]B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium[04:26.66]but I haven't got a ticket yet.[04:29.10]A: I'm going to the gym.[04:30.86]Would you like to come along?[04:32.70]I can get a guest pass for you.[04:34.91]B: That's wonderful.[04:36.57]I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym.[04:39.79]Thank you very much.[04:42.39]Conversation 2[04:45.51]A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here![04:48.27]How are you doing?[04:49.63]B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. [04:54.51]But after work I often play some sports.[04:58.20]A: Like what?[04:59.21]B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.[05:03.99]A: Tennis? That's my favorite game.[05:06.52]Say, what're you doing this weekend?[05:09.19]B: Nothing particular.[05:11.10]I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.[05:14.63]A: Come on. You need to relax.[05:16.99]What about a game of tennis?[05:19.85]B: OK.[05:21.09]Conversation 3[05:23.75]A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?[05:27.30]B: Not really. Why do you ask?[05:30.35]A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? [05:34.99]B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? [05:40.30]A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.[05:43.29]B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.[05:46.78]A: That's a good form of exercise.[05:49.77]It can help you stay in shape.[05:51.77]B: Yes, it's also safer.[05:54.17]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [06:00.72]Use the structures and expressions above[06:04.09]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 1 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.75]Test Your Listening[00:03.74]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.26]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:12.57]1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis.[00:20.08]What about you?[00:21.30]M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.[00:24.52]Q: What sport does the man like?[00:33.43]2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?[00:37.88]M: It's far from being my kind of sport.[00:41.03]Q: What does the man mean?[00:49.59]3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.[00:54.70]What about you, John?[00:56.64]M: You said it. But it was a bit long.[00:59.54]Q: What does the man think about the football game?[01:09.28]4. W: Do you like to play chess?[01:12.65]M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough.[01:16.53]I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player.[01:19.37]Q: What does the man mean?[01:28.00]5. M: I knew the names of all the football players[01:31.71]and the dates of all the games in my high school days.[01:34.87]But recently I have failed to keep up with football.[01:38.74]W: Now you are busy with your golf games.[01:42.09]Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 2 Food and Drinks[00:04.09]Part A[00:06.13]Listening Strategy[00:08.62]Listening "Between the Lines"[00:11.55]People do not always say directly what they mean.[00:15.80]Very often, we have to listen "between the lines".[00:20.04]The English language offers many ways for people to imply,[00:24.23]rather than directly state, their meaning.[00:27.12]To find out what a speaker really means,[00:30.01]we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, [00:34.08]and the intonation used.[00:36.03]For example,[00:37.15]if someone says "I have an essay to write"[00:40.55]in answer to an invitation to go somewhere,[00:43.49]we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. [00:47.43]And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors"[00:51.60]in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test,[00:55.41]we can infer from the meaning of the idiom[00:58.22]"to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. [01:02.71]Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. [01:07.76]For example,[01:08.91]"He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. [01:14.49]You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.[01:19.60]Listen carefully[01:21.18]and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.[01:26.15]1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? [01:33.07]W: Yes, many times.[01:35.35]Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. [01:43.72]2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?[01:46.52]M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. [01:55.46]3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?[01:58.92]M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?[02:06.27]4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.[02:09.60]M: Next to beef.[02:15.17]5. M: Have you tried this wine before?[02:18.34]W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.[02:27.75]6. W: John, do you want a soda?[02:30.84]M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.[02:38.26]7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.[02:42.56]M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.[02:50.11]8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?[02:53.95]W: Oh, I'd really like to,[02:56.21]but my sister may come to visit me this evening.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.71]Listening Tasks[00:04.03]A Conversation[00:05.60]What About Dining Out?[00:08.40]Exercise 1[00:10.93]Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.[00:15.52]Peter: Hi, Kate.[00:17.96]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[00:20.75]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[00:23.09]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [00:27.45]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[00:30.71]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[00:32.71]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[00:36.21]Peter: What do you think about[00:37.98]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[00:40.42]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [00:44.55]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [00:48.41]I've been eating a little too much lately.[00:50.91]Kate: Me too.[00:52.56]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [00:56.91]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [01:00.61]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[01:03.27]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[01:05.32]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[01:08.43]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[01:11.48]and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.[01:14.39]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[01:17.33]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [01:21.37]Peter: That's fine by me.[01:22.65]Exercise 2[01:25.21]Listen to the conversation again[01:27.42]and write down answers to the following questions.[01:30.88]Peter: Hi, Kate.[01:33.54]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[01:36.36]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[01:38.58]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [01:43.09]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[01:46.23]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[01:48.32]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[01:51.83]Peter: What do you think about[01:53.65]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[01:56.07]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [02:00.23]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [02:03.98]I've been eating a little too much lately.[02:06.55]Kate: Me too.[02:08.10]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [02:12.51]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [02:16.42]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[02:18.84]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[02:20.97]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[02:23.99]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[02:27.20]and not much oil or cream orheavy sauces.[02:29.98]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[02:33.00]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [02:37.03]Peter: That's fine by me.[02:39.70]Speaking Tasks[02:41.59]Pair Work[02:43.75]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [02:47.87]Then role-play them with your partner.[02:50.88]Conversation 1[02:53.56](At the school canteen)[02:56.06]A: What a crowd![02:57.55]B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over.[03:01.76]Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.[03:04.94]A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait.[03:08.03]I'd rather not stand in a long line.[03:10.42]B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?[03:13.27]A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.[03:17.20]B: That's great.[03:18.68](At No. 2 Box)[03:21.46]Counter hand: What can I get you?[03:23.38]A: One plate of fried noodles, please.[03:25.58]B: Make it two.[03:26.68]Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?[03:31.79]A: How much is the tomato soup?[03:33.93]Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.[03:36.83]A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?[03:39.91]B: Yes.[03:40.92]A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.[03:46.27]Conversation 2[03:47.50](At a fast food restaurant)[03:49.68]Counter hand: What can I do for you?[03:51.47]Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. [03:55.65]Counter hand: Anything to drink?[03:56.75]Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.[03:59.65]Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?[04:02.04]Customer: For here.[04:06.34]Conversation 3[04:07.92](At a Chinese restaurant)[04:09.74]Waiter: Are you ready to order?[04:13.10]A: Do you have any recommendations?[04:15.21]Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.[04:19.23]It's today's special.[04:20.80]A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.[04:24.71]B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too.[04:31.21]It's my favorite.[04:32.73]Waiter: Okay. Anything else?[04:35.22]A: What about some vegetables, Mary?[04:37.50]B: Yes. How about spinach?[04:40.88]A: Spinach is fine with me.[04:42.75]Waiter: Anything to drink?[04:44.86]A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?[04:49.44]B: Orange juice, please.[04:51.56]Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?[04:55.89]A: Right.[04:57.55]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations.[05:03.71]Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.02]Test Your Listening[00:03.03]Listen to the conversation[00:05.84]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:09.74]A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.[00:13.27]B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.[00:16.86]A: OK. What are you in the mood for?[00:19.40]B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.[00:23.19]A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.[00:27.58]B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.[00:30.23]A: No, actually I ate out last night.[00:32.68]We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.[00:37.51]B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.[00:40.63]A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.[00:46.99]B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.[00:50.82]A: Now let's decide on drinks.[00:53.26]B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.[00:56.29]A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.[00:59.03]B: But we have to go back to work.[01:00.87]A: OK, a Coke for me then.[01:03.35]B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.[01:06.28]Questions[01:08.26]1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?[01:16.71]2. Where does the conversation take place?[01:24.28]3. What will they order?[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 3 Weather[00:04.47]Part A[00:06.22]Listening Strategy[00:08.07]Listening for Important Details[00:11.26]Besides understanding the main idea of a listening text,[00:16.08]we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well.[00:20.90]What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. [00:27.03]Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event,[00:32.70]we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened,[00:36.84]but also when and where, how and why it happened.[00:41.40]In listening to a weather report, on the other hand,[00:44.86]the important details we should watch out for[00:48.07]are the current weather conditions,[00:50.13]temperature, and weather outlook.[00:52.61]You're going to hear two short passages about weather.[00:57.82]While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, [01:04.02]temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, [01:10.38]and write them down in note form.[01:13.08]Then complete the exercises in your book.[01:16.41]1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere,[01:25.57]with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain.[01:30.42]A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing.[01:35.65]There will be light winds with a maximum temperature[01:38.88]of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.[01:43.20]Look at the outlook for the next few days:[01:46.81]it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west. [01:53.13]2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province,[02:00.78]claimed four lives on Sunday.[02:02.83]The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m.[02:07.86]The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour,[02:12.46]causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.14]Listening Tasks[00:03.53]A Conversation[00:05.93]Did You Hear the Forecast?[00:09.45]Exercise 1[00:10.95]Listen to the conversation[00:12.78]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:15.70]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[00:20.56]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[00:23.46]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[00:26.35]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[00:29.36]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[00:33.21]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[00:36.14]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [00:40.85]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [00:45.86]Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, [00:50.67]look for ways to escape from the sun.[00:53.42]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [00:57.78]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[01:02.06]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [01:06.59]Alan: But there wasn't.[01:07.91]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[01:11.55]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[01:15.11]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [01:19.27]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [01:24.29]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[01:27.99]But maybe if it rains,[01:29.77]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[01:34.28]That might not be bad.[01:35.86]Questions[01:37.91]1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?[01:46.42]2. What do you know about Alan?[01:53.20]3. What can you infer from the conversation?[02:01.13]Exercise 2[02:02.70]Listen to the conversation again.[02:05.46]Then write down answers to the following questions.[02:09.46]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[02:14.30]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[02:17.22]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[02:20.28]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[02:23.14]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[02:26.95]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[02:29.99]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [02:34.69]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [02:39.57]Michelle: I sure do.[02:40.86]It was so hot all we did was look for shade,[02:44.45]look for ways to escape from the sun.[02:47.25]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [02:51.56]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[02:55.80]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [03:00.26]Alan: But there wasn't.[03:01.70]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[03:05.39]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[03:08.89]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [03:13.05]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [03:18.15]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[03:21.74]But maybe if it rains,[03:23.62]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[03:27.69]That might not be bad.[03:29.60]Speaking Tasks[03:34.09]Pair Work[03:35.43]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [03:40.75]Then role-play them with your partner.[03:43.60]Conversation 1[03:45.84]A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.[03:49.48]B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.[03:53.02]A: What's the temperature today?[03:55.32]B: The high is 26 and the low is 20.[03:58.95]The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too. [04:03.91]A: I hope so.[04:07.77]Conversation 2[04:09.27]A: It seems to be clearing up.[04:12.69]All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.[04:16.82]B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.[04:22.04]A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days.[04:26.20]Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.[04:29.76]B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?[04:32.95]A: All right.[04:34.02]Conversation 3[04:38.32]A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.[04:42.32]B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.[04:45.30]A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. [04:50.29]B: Yes, especially in July and August.[04:54.04]A: Well, what did the weatherman say?[04:56.80]B: He said another heat wave is on the way.[05:00.02]A: Oh no! I hope not.[05:03.32]B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?[05:08.03]A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.[05:12.39]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [05:19.26]Use the structures and expressions above[05:22.19]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:02.50]Test Your Listening[00:04.63]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.92]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:13.56]1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.[00:20.22]M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, [00:24.45]accompanied by strong winds.[00:26.48]Q: What will the weather be like next week?[00:35.41]2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? [00:40.55]W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. [00:46.20]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[00:54.39]3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?[00:59.70]M: I think it will clear up soon.[01:02.40]But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. [01:06.84]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[01:15.35]4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?[01:19.00]W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing.[01:22.91]You don't have to take a lot of clothes.[01:25.25]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?。
全新版大学英语听说教程2听力原文test
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavyshowers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albumswon a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any。
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文与答案
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tenn is? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you e ver been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oi l or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place3. What will they orderUnit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short pa ssages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, te mperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the s un.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold dr inks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short s hower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, to o.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's j ust hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman sa ys.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we? A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. B: Yes, especially in July and A ugust. A: Well, what did the weatherman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? W: No, and the forecast saysit's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What c an we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon . M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or caus e of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", " first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustrati on or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay att ention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to ind icate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and ca n be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fo r a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will mo ve on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood f lows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the bra ckets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spo t items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales . So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of backgro und music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it alrea dy. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Yo ur conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her pare nts, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had comp osed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The ad dress was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficultie s. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success . And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 19 96 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she r ecorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously suc cessful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a gr eat many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power o f Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a ConversationIdentifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in liste ning comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than frie nds or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc .).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you been sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: Yo u seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers? 2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, yo u know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sl eeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don 't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Have you been experiencing any other symp toms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not ve ry much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I thi nk you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this? P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I j ust felt terrible. D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafoo d for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.D: (after examining the foot) You have a sprained ankle. It's slightly swollen. How does it feel? P: R ather painful there. What should I do, doctor?D: I'll give you an X-ray to see if there is anything wrong with the bone.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate.[ti:Unit 5 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: Jane kept coughing and couldn't go to sleep all night. M: She must be sick. I hope she's bett er today.Q: What do you know about Jane? 2. M: I haven't seen Jack for ages.W: Neither have I. But I heard he had been in hospital for three weeks. Q: What do you learn fro。
全新版本大学英语听说教程2test12听力原文.doc
实用标准大学英语(第二版)听说教程听力原文Test 1Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1. M: You like music, don’t you, Sally?W: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music. I can’ t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean?2.W: I think I ’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’ t you wear the blue one? I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: How do you like the pie you’ve had?M:Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q:What does the man mean?4. W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’ t walk any further.M:Howabout getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by the parking lot?Q:Where are the two speakers?5.W: Nice day, isn ’t it? Want to join us for a swim?M:Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get prepared?Q:What does the woman mean?6.W: Hi, Tony. Haven ’t seen you for some time. How have you been?M:I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony?7.W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor Wang?M: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean?8. W: I ’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold wasgoing away. But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Whydidn ’t you makean appointment with the doctor earlier?Q: What does the man mean?Part BDirections : You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, Alan. But I ’ll be watching it on television with somefriends. Alan: Weren ’t you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going? Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just tooinconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before andafter the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at abar or restaurant ⋯Alan:⋯you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That ’s right. Another reason why I like to watch gameson television is thatI simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of theball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field.Alan: It’s like you’ re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What do you know about the two speakers?10.What are the two speakers talking about?11.Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV?12.What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 2Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safetytips with us. OK, Tom, they ’re all yours.Tom: Thanks. Goodmorning everyone! I ’m TomJohnson, and I ’ma firefighter at Station 11. Well, we live in California. As we know there are alot of earthquakes here. Many are small. But, if there’s a strongearthquake, what should we do? Does anyone know?Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table.Tom: That ’ s right. What else?Boy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break.Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then? What should you do?Boy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why not?Boy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water afteran earthquake. But it’s not safe. It’ s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ ve heard.13.What is the speaker talking about?14. Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’sa strong earthquake?15.What are the students advised to do after an earthquake?Part CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common? The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museumin Paris.Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latestclassroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors inAfrican can get up-to-the-second information on medical research aroundthe world.All you need is a basic computer, a modemand the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’ re online and you don’t have to waitlong for information.Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA isabout 10 seconds. But is it expensive?Not really–a typical onlinemonthly charge fee in the US can be as low as$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying inKorea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates,get文案大全advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams ’performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking,reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother ’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In somecountries video gamesare fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. Thesevideo gamesare causing children to waste their moneyon them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place inlicensed amusementcenters, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between $250 and $1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into thesecenters. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them areschoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Someplay for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of theirhomes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that mustbe asked is: Have they any education value ?Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretaryto a London lawyer. At the sametime she becameinterested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to makea career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that womencould be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all byherself and to break the previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amyset off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing muchhardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flightof 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. Inlater years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amyjoined other professional pilots to serve hercountry. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft fromfactories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end tothe life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shoppingcustoms the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OKto bargain can save you a lot of moneyand make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargainingguide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a gameof skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather,business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lowerrate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the foodmarkets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back homewith them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1.M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoon?W: I ’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’ s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q:What will the woman do?2.M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gavein Carnegie Hall!W:I felt the same way.Q:How did the woman think of the performance?3.M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, Bill?W:A warm day? Haven ’ t you listened to the weather forecast?Q:What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow?4. M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we ’d go tothe school canteen.W: Well, food isn ’t everything, is it? It ’ s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean?5. M: Would you like to try some banana pie? It ’s very good.W: I ’m sorry but I don’ t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean?6.M: I can ’ t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand nameclothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much moneyon it.W:You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q:On what do the two speakers agree?7.M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thankingyou for inviting me here.W:It ’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup first?Q:Where does the conversation take place?8.M: You know I ’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it very useful once you understand how it works. I can guaranteeyou that.Q: What can you learn from the conversation?Part BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7points)Conversation 1W:Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M:Thank you.W:How are you? Are you still feeling very tired all the time?M:Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’ re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to do?W: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking.Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. And lastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I do?W:Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’ t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That ’s another thing. You mustn’ t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see ourlifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exerciseprogram for you. And don ’t worry. That ’ s the last thing you should do. I ’ll see you again next month.M:OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W:Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What cause the man ’s problem according to the doctor?10.Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do?11.What do you know about the man?Conversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like music?W:Yes, very much, especially classical music.M:Do you like rock music?W:No, it ’ s too noisy. What about you?M: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don ’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It ’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last night?M: No, I didn ’t. What was on?W: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really? He’ s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At leastI suppose so. He ’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20million records. What did he say in the TV interview?W: He didn ’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him.Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. Theinterview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’ t he know rock stars need the public? They earn moneyfrom the public.So why shouldn ’t the public criticize them? They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans.W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ ve just heard.12.What do you know about the woman?13.Why are rock stars famous according to the man?14.What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview?15.Which of the following is true of the man?Part CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast.It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions,it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃in summer, or falls below—10℃ in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they arestarting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in theScottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoydiscussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britainhas a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with theprogress in scientific research. Recently the term "health" has come tohave a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer meansjust the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mindand your relationship with other people. This new concept of health isclosely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is thedegree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of diseaseto a broader focus on the quality of a person's life? One reason for this has to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer,healthier lives. Imagine for a momentthat you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age of 47. Incontrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live tothe age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I ’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advancedcountries will have established space cities by then. On Earth, in myopinion, most people will be communicating in English “online ” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways.First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewerchildren and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities.In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most ofthe environmental and transportation problems of today ’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lothealthier. If I ’m lucky, maybe I ’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there实用标准are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places inthe world have earthquakes regularly.Someplaces, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently.Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one thathit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America wasin 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods,tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably donot worry us as muchas earthquakes, especially in modern times.The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday wemay be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise.People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lostin earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.文案大全。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。
[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2]Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in XXXX as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I willmove on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards eachother than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.。